CEN/TC 229
Date: 20YY-XX
prEN XXXXX:20YY
Secretariat: AFNOR
Precast concrete products — Performance assessment and declaration
Betonfertigteile — Leistungsbeurteilung und -erklärung
Produits préfabriqués en béton — Évaluation et déclaration des performances
CCMC will prepare and attach the official title page.
Contents Page
4.1.1 Characteristic compressive strength 18
4.1.2 Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete 19
4.1.3 Tensile splitting strength 19
4.1.4 Dry density lightweight concrete 19
4.1.6 Maximum aggregate size 20
4.1.7 Water penetration depth of concrete 20
4.2.1 Elongation at maximum load 20
4.2.2 Elongation after fracture 20
4.2.4 Tensile yield strength 20
4.2.5 Ultimate tensile strength 20
4.3.1 Elongation at maximum load 21
4.3.2 Tensile 0,1 proof stress 21
4.3.3 Tensile 0,2 proof stress 21
4.3.4 Ultimate tensile strength 21
4.4 Mechanical strength – calculation aided by physical testing 21
4.5 Masts and poles: 5.4.3.Mechanical strength - testing 21
4.5.3 Foundation piles – rigidity of joints 23
4.5.4 Shuttering blocks and woodchip shuttering blocks 23
4.5.5 Floor slats for livestock 23
4.6.1 Propensity to undergo continuous smouldering 25
4.7.1 Water vapour permeability 26
4.8.1 Thermal conductivity – testing 27
4.8.2 Thermal conductivity – tabulated values 27
4.9.1 Airborne sound insulation index - calculation 27
4.9.2 Airborne sound insulation index – testing 27
4.9.3 Impact sound insulation - calculation 27
4.9.4 Impact sound insulation – testing 27
4.9.5 Sound absorption coefficient building elements 27
4.10.2 Air tightness class - HVAC flue elements 27
4.10.3 Mechanical resistance of rungs 28
4.11 Release of dangerous substances 28
4.11.1 Release of dangerous substances to indoor air 28
4.11.2 Release of dangerous substances to soil and ground water 28
4.12 Environmental sustainability 30
4.12.1 Reference service life 30
4.12.2 Life cycle assessment environmental characteristics 30
4.12.3 Resource use environmental characteristics 30
4.12.4 Waste environmental characteristics 31
4.12.5 Output flows environmental characteristics 32
4.12.6 Biogenic carbon content environmental characteristics 32
4.13 Performances in attached documentation of the product 32
4.13.2 Off-the-shelf products 32
4.13.3 Custom-made products 33
5 Testing, assessment and sampling methods 34
5.1.1 Characteristic compressive strength 34
5.1.2 Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete 36
5.1.3 Tensile splitting strength 36
5.1.4 Dry density lightweight concrete 36
5.1.6 Maximum aggregate size 36
5.1.7 Water penetration depth of concrete 36
5.2.1 Elongation at maximum load 37
5.2.2 Elongation after fracture 37
5.2.4 Tensile yield strength 37
5.2.5 Ultimate tensile strength 37
5.3.1 Elongation at maximum load 37
5.3.2 Tensile 0,1 proof stress 37
5.3.3 Tensile 0,2 proof stress 37
5.3.4 Ultimate tensile strength 37
5.4 Mechanical strength - calculation aided by testing 38
5.5 Mechanical strength – testing 38
5.5.3 Foundation piles – rigidity of joints 39
5.5.4 Shuttering blocks and woodchip shuttering blocks 39
5.6 Reaction and resistance to fire 39
5.6.1 Propensity to undergo continuous smouldering 39
5.7.1 Water vapour permeability 39
5.8.1 Thermal conductivity – testing 40
5.8.2 Thermal conductivity – tabulated values 40
5.9.1 Airborne sound insulation index - calculation 40
5.9.2 Airborne sound insulation index – testing 40
5.9.3 Impact sound insulation - calculation 40
5.9.4 Impact sound insulation – testing 40
5.9.5 Sound absorption coefficient building elements 41
5.10.2 Air tightness class - HVAC flue elements 41
5.10.3 Mechanical resistance of rungs 41
5.11 Release of dangerous substances 41
5.11.1 Release of dangerous substances to indoor air 41
5.11.2 Release of dangerous substances to soil and ground water 42
5.12 Environmental sustainability 42
5.12.1 Reference service life 42
5.12.2 Life cycle assessment environmental characteristics 43
5.12.3 Resource use environmental characteristics 43
5.12.4 Waste environmental characteristics 43
5.12.5 Output flows environmental characteristics 43
5.12.6 Biogenic carbon environmental characteristics 43
5.13 Performances in attached documentation of the product 43
5.13.2 Off-the-shelf products 44
5.13.3 Custom-made products 44
6 Assessment and verification of constancy of performance – AVCP 44
6.2 Assessment of performance 45
6.2.2 Test samples, testing and assessment criteria 45
6.3 Verification of constancy of performance 82
6.3.1 Factory production control (FPC) 82
6.3.2 Initial inspection of factory and of FPC 100
6.3.4 Continuous surveillance of FPC 101
6.3.5 Environmental sustainability assessment validation 102
Annex A (normative) Verification by calculation aided by physical testing of box culverts 103
Annex B (normative) Loadbearing capacity testing of fence elements 108
Annex C (normative) Loadbearing capacity testing of masts and poles 114
Annex D (normative) Reaction to fire test for thin blocks 117
Annex E (normative) Measurement of dimensions 122
Annex F (normative) Test of water absorption 135
Annex G (normative) Test method for the verification of robustness and rigidity of pile joints 139
Annex J (normative) Mechanical strength of junction boxes 162
Annex K (normative) Environmental impact indicators 166
Annex ZA (informative) Relationship of this European Standard with Regulation (EU) No.305/2011 169
This document (prEN 18190:2025) has been prepared by Technical Committee CEN/TC 229 “Precast concrete products”, the secretariat of which is held by AFNOR.
This document is currently submitted to the CEN Enquiry.
This document will partially supersede:
EN 1168:2005+A3:2011, Precast concrete products – Hollow core slabs
EN 12839:2012, Precast concrete products — Elements for fences
EN 12737:2004+A1:2007, Precast concrete products – Floor slats for livestock
EN 12794:2005+A1:2007, Precast concrete products – Foundation piles
EN 12843:2004, Precast concrete products – Masts and poles
EN 13224:2011, Precast concrete products – Ribbed floor elements
EN 13225:2013, Precast concrete products – Linear structural elements
EN 13369:2023, Common rules for precast concrete products
EN 13693:2004+A1:2009, Precast concrete products – Special roof elements
EN 13747:2005+A2:2010, Precast concrete products – Floor plates for floor systems
EN 13978‑1:2005, Precast concrete products – Precast concrete garages – Part 1: Requirements for reinforced garages monolithic or consisting of single sections with room dimensions
EN 14843:2007, Precast concrete products – Stairs
EN 14844:2006+A2:2011, Precast concrete products – Box culverts
EN 14991:2007, Precast concrete products – Foundation elements
EN 14992:2007+A1:2012, Precast concrete products – Wall elements
EN 15037‑1:2008, Precast concrete products – Beam-and-block floor systems – Part 1: Beams
EN 15037‑2:2009+A1:2011, Precast concrete products – Beam-and-block floor systems – Part 2: Concrete blocks
EN 15037‑3:2009+A1:2011, Precast concrete products – Beam-and-block floor systems – Part 3: Clay blocks
EN 15037‑4:2010+A1:2013, Precast concrete products – Beam-and-block floor systems – Part 4: Expanded polystyrene blocks
EN 15037‑5:2013, Precast concrete products – Beam-and-block floor systems – Part 5: Lightweight blocks for simple formwork
EN 15050:2007+A1:2012, Precast concrete products – Bridge elements
EN 15258:2008, Precast concrete products – Retaining wall elements
EN 15435:2008, Precast concrete products — Normal weight and lightweight concrete shuttering blocks — Product properties and performance
EN 15498:2008, Precast concrete products — Wood-chip concrete shuttering blocks — Product properties and performance
This document has been prepared under a standardization request addressed to CEN by the European Commission. The Standing Committee of the EFTA States subsequently approves these requests for its Member States.
For the relationship with EU Legislation, see informative Annex ZA, which is an integral part of this document.
prEN 18190:2025 includes the following significant technical changes with respect to the standards listed above:
— merging of the documents;
— removal of every clause not related to the assessment and verification of the constancy of performance in answer to the Standardisation Request;
— addition of the necessary clauses to answer new essential characteristics as listed in the Standardisation Request;
— replacement of the references to EN 206 with the corresponding technical content;
— removal of the references to Eurocode standards;
— updating of the Annex ZA considering the standardization request addressed to CEN by the European Commission.
This document also includes in its scope the following other precast concrete products:
— solid slabs;
— junction boxes;
— heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) flue elements.
1.0 Scope
This document covers the following products regardless of if manufactured in factories or in temporary plants on site under the same conditions:
a) Precast concrete products intended to be used as structural elements:
— linear structural elements, including columns, beams and frame elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products used as bridge elements and products of less than 4,5 m intended to be used as lintels in masonry wall;
— beams made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, with or without clay shells, to be used in conjunction with blocks as beam-and-block system and intended to be used for floor and roofing systems, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— foundation elements, including columns with integrated foundation elements, pocket foundation elements and sockets, made of reinforced concrete or lightweight concrete, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products using prestressing steel;
— foundation piles and segments of piles made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— poles (also called masts), made of concrete or lightweight concrete, hollow or solid, reinforced or prestressed, in one piece or composed of elements and their inserts and connectors, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of lighting columns for use in traffic circulation areas;
— bridge deck elements made of concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of abutments, barriers, bumpers, piers, guards and arches;
— floor plates made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, intended to be used in floor systems in conjunction with cast-in-situ concrete, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products used as bridge elements, and products with stiffening ribs taking a major part of the mechanical resistance, considered either as ribbed floor elements or hollow-core slabs;
— solid slabs made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, without voids or void formers intended to be used as self-supporting structural elements, such as floors, roofs, landings and balconies, which can be installed without a structural topping but to which a structural topping can be added, and with a cross section which is rectangular but may present slopes for drainage, grooves for handling and shear keys, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of balustrades without structural behaviour and slabs manufactured using hollow core slabs manufacturing process;
— hollow core slabs and solid slabs manufactured in the same way but without hollow cores, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, with a maximum depth of 500 mm for prestressed elements and 300 mm for reinforced elements, to be used in conjunction with cast-in-situ concrete or without it, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— ribbed floor elements made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, intended to be used for floors and roofs, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of floor plates for floor systems;
— floor slats for livestock made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, intended to be used for the housing of livestock, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products used as load bearing elements other than stock and stockmen, and of prestressed single slat beams;
— hollow core, multilayer and composite loadbearing wall elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of retaining walls;
— cladding elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, intended to be used as non-loadbearing elements, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of non-reinforced cladding elements with a maximum size of 2,25 m2, a maximum length of 1,5 m and a thickness smaller than 80 mm, which are considered non-structural;
— solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of ribbed floor elements and floor slabs elements;
— stairs (monolithic) made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, and kits of stairs constructed from individual steps, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— retaining walls, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of retaining walls intended to retain tanks or reservoirs of liquid and precast diaphragm walls (concrete sheet piling);
— rectangular cross-section box culverts, made of reinforced concrete or lightweight concrete, intended to be used as continuous elements for the creation of voids below ground, cable tunnels and subways, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of box culverts having both internal cross-sectional dimensions less than or equal to 1 250 mm which are considered non-structural, of products using prestressing steel, and of non-monolithic products;
— rectangular prismatic junction boxes, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products using prestressing steel;
— garages as monolithic unit or as kits of single or double sections, made of reinforced concrete or lightweight concrete, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products used as supporting upper structures and products using prestressing steel.
b) Precast concrete products not intended to be used as structural elements:
— fence elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, including posts, panels, rails and base panels, intended to be used as light-structural or non-structural elements, including the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— hollow core shuttering blocks, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, to be used for form walls and partitions intended to be used as loadbearing and non-loadbearing elements, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of masonry units;
— wood-chip hollow core shuttering blocks, to be used for form walls and partitions intended to be used as loadbearing and non-loadbearing elements in conjunction with concrete infill, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products intended to be used unfilled;
— composite wall elements made of concrete or lightweight concrete, reinforced or prestressed, intended to be used as non-loadbearing element, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— cladding elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, non-reinforced, with a maximum size of 2,25 m2, a maximum length of 1,5 m and a thickness smaller than 80 mm, intended to be used as non-loadbearing elements, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— rectangular cross-section box culverts, made of reinforced concrete or lightweight concrete, having both internal cross-sectional dimensions less than or equal to 1 250 mm (small box culverts), intended to be used as light structural or non-structural continuous elements, for the creation of voids below ground, cable tunnels and subways, including the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products using prestressing steel and non-monolithic products;
— heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) flue elements, made of concrete or lightweight concrete, intended to be used to convey heating, ventilation, and air conditioning gases, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water, to the exclusion of products intended to be used to convey smoke from a furnace, boiler or combustion chamber, products intended to be used to convey, control or limit smoke and fire propagation, and products using prestressing steel.
c) Blocks intended to be used as structural elements in conjunction with beams as beam-and-block system:
— precast concrete blocks made of concrete, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— precast concrete blocks made of lightweight concrete, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— blocks made of clay, with or without clay shells, to be used for floor and roofing systems, including the use in contact with indoor air and the use in contact with soil or ground water;
— blocks fully made of EPS or combined with different materials, and permanent formworks made of EPS, including the use in contact with indoor air;
— lightweight permanent formworks made of wood, plastic, cardboard, glass reinforced plastic, agglomerated stone, metal or a combination of them to be used as permanent formwork, including the use in contact with indoor air, to the exclusion of lightweight permanent formworks made of EPS.
This document does not cover:
— masonry and ancillary products;
— roof covering products for discontinuous laying;
— chimney components;
— products for wastewater treatment;
— paving units and kerbs;
— road equipment;
— prefabricated reinforced components of autoclaved aerated concrete or light-weight aggregate concrete with open structure;
— the design, production, handling, installation of the elements and the water tightness of joints between elements.
2.0 Normative references
The following documents are referred to in the text in such a way that some or all of their content constitutes requirements of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.
CEN/TS 15117:2005, Guidance on direct and extended application
EN 772‑1:2011+A1:2015, Methods of test for masonry units - Part 1: Determination of compressive strength
EN 772‑13:2000, Methods of test for masonry units – Part 13: Determination of net and gross dry density of masonry units (except for natural stone)
EN 772‑19:2000, Methods of test for masonry units - Part 19: Determination of moisture expansion of large horizontally perforated clay masonry units
EN ISO 29469:2022, Thermal insulating products for building applications - Determination of compression behaviour (ISO 29469:2022)
EN 933‑1:2012, Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates - Part 1: Determination of particle size distribution - Sieving method
EN 1008:2002, Mixing water for concrete - Specification for sampling, testing and assessing the suitability of water, including water recovered from processes in the concrete industry, as mixing water for concrete
EN 1365‑1:2012, Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements - Part 1: Walls
EN 1365‑2:2014, Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements - Part 2: Floors and roofs
EN 1365‑3:1999, Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements - Part 3: Beams
EN 1365‑4:1999, Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements - Part 4: Columns
EN 1365‑5:2004, Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements - Part 5: Balconies and walkways
EN 1365‑6:2004, Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements - Part 6: Stairs
EN 1507:2006, Ventilation for buildings - Sheet metal air ducts with rectangular section - Requirements for strength and leakage
EN 1745:2020, Masonry and masonry products — Methods for determining thermal properties
EN 12350‑7:2019[1], Testing fresh concrete - Part 7: Air content - Pressure methods
EN 12390‑1:2021, Testing hardened concrete - Part 1: Shape, dimensions and other requirements for specimens and moulds
EN 12390‑2:2019, Testing hardened concrete - Part 2: Making and curing specimens for strength tests
EN 12390‑3:2019, Testing hardened concrete - Part 3: Compressive strength of test specimens
EN 12390‑4:2025, Testing hardened concrete - Part 4: Compressive strength - Specification for testing machines
EN 12390‑5:2019, Testing hardened concrete - Part 5: Flexural strength of test specimens
EN 12390‑6:2023, Testing hardened concrete - Part 6: Tensile splitting strength of test specimens
EN 12390‑7:2019[2], Testing hardened concrete - Part 7: Density of hardened concrete
EN 12390‑8:2019, Testing hardened concrete - Part 8: Depth of penetration of water under pressure
EN 12390‑16:2019, Testing hardened concrete - Part 16: Determination of the shrinkage of concrete
EN 12504‑1:2019, Testing concrete in structures - Part 1: Cored specimens - Taking, examining and testing in compression
EN 12620:2002+A1:2008, Aggregates for concrete
EN 12664:2001, Thermal performance of building materials and products - Determination of thermal resistance by means of guarded hot plate and heat flow meter methods - Dry and moist products of medium and low thermal resistance
EN 12667:2001, Thermal performance of building materials and products - Determination of thermal resistance by means of guarded hot plate and heat flow meter methods - Products of high and medium thermal resistance
EN 13055:2016, Lightweight aggregates
EN 13101:2002, Steps for underground man entry chambers - Requirements, marking, testing and evaluation of conformity
EN 13163:2012+A2:2016, Thermal insulation products for buildings - Factory made expanded polystyrene (EPS) products - Specification
EN 13238:2010, Reaction to fire tests for building products - Conditioning procedures and general rules for selection of substrates
EN 13501‑1:2018, Fire classification of construction products and building elements - Part 1: Classification using data from reaction to fire tests
EN 13501‑2:2023, Fire classification of construction products and building elements - Part 2: Classification using data from fire resistance and/or smoke control tests, excluding ventilation services
EN 13823:2020+A1:2022, Reaction to fire tests for building products - Building products excluding floorings exposed to the thermal attack by a single burning item
EN 15080‑8:2009, Extended application of results from fire resistance tests - Part 8: Beams
EN 15804:2012+A2:2019[3], Sustainability of construction works - Environmental product declarations - Core rules for the product category of construction products
EN 16516:2017+A1:2020, Construction products: Assessment of release of dangerous substances - Determination of emissions into indoor air
EN 16637‑1:2023, Construction products: Assessment of release of dangerous substances - Part 1: Guidance for the determination of leaching tests and additional testing steps
EN 16637‑2:2023, Construction products: Assessment of release of dangerous substances - Part 2: Horizontal dynamic surface leaching test
EN 16733:2016, Reaction to fire tests for building products - Determination of a building product's propensity to undergo continuous smouldering
EN 16757:2022, Sustainability of construction works - Environmental product declarations - Product Category Rules for concrete and concrete elements
EN ISO 354:2003, Acoustics - Measurement of sound absorption in a reverberation room (ISO 354:2003)
EN ISO 717‑1:2020, Acoustics - Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements - Part 1: Airborne sound insulation (ISO 717-1:2020)
EN ISO 717‑2:2020, Acoustics - Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building elements - Part 2: Impact sound insulation (ISO 717-2:2020)
EN ISO 1182:2020, Reaction to fire tests for products - Non-combustibility test (ISO 1182:2020)
EN ISO 1716:2018, Reaction to fire tests for products - Determination of the gross heat of combustion (calorific value) (ISO 1716:2018)
EN ISO 10140‑2:2021, Acoustics - Laboratory measurement of sound insulation of building elements - Part 2: Measurement of airborne sound insulation (ISO 10140-2:2021)
EN ISO 10140‑3:2021, Acoustics - Laboratory measurement of sound insulation of building elements - Part 3: Measurement of impact sound insulation (ISO 10140-3:2021)
EN ISO 10456:2007[4], Building materials and products - Hygrothermal properties -Tabulated design values and procedures for determining declared and design thermal values (ISO 10456:2007)
EN ISO 11925‑2:2020, Reaction to fire tests - Ignitability of products subjected to direct impingement of flame - Part 2: Single-flame source test (ISO 11925-2:2020)
EN ISO 12354‑1:2017, Building acoustics - Estimation of acoustic performance of buildings from the performance of elements - Part 1: Airborne sound insulation between rooms (ISO 12354-1:2017)
EN ISO 12354‑2:2017, Building acoustics - Estimation of acoustic performance of buildings from the performance of elements - Part 2: Impact sound insulation between rooms (ISO 12354-2:2017)
EN ISO 12572:2016, Hygrothermal performance of building materials and products - Determination of water vapour transmission properties - Cup method (ISO 12572:2016)
EN ISO 15630‑2:2019, Steel for the reinforcement and prestressing of concrete - Test methods - Part 2: Welded fabric and lattice girders (ISO 15630-2:2019)
3.0 Terms and definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions apply.
3.1
acceptance number
highest number of non-conforming products for which the consignment is accepted
3.2
actual dimension
dimension found by measurement (on the finished product)
3.3
ambient conditions
hygrothermal conditions in the factory which result in effects on the hardening process of the concrete
3.4
base panel
horizontal fence panel of reinforced concrete used between posts at ground level
3.5
beam
linear structural element usually horizontal, for carrying loads primarily by flexure, entirely or partially precast
3.6
cantilever retaining wall
wall whose stability is obtained by its flexural and shear resistance connected to act compositely with a foundation slab
3.7
composite wall
wall consisting of two precast reinforced layers, separated by a gap, which are joined together by means of a lattice girder system
Note 1 to entry: On site, the space between the layers is filled with concrete. Composite walls may also consist of a shell with lattice girders with the other side limited by an existing wall or another formwork during the erection.
3.8
concrete cover
distance between the surface of the reinforcement closest to the nearest concrete surface (including links and stirrups and surface reinforcement where relevant) and the nearest concrete surface
[SOURCE: EN 1992‑1‑1:2023, 4.4.1.1]
3.9
concrete family
group of concrete compositions for which a reliable relationship between relevant properties is established and documented
[SOURCE: EN 206:2013+A2:2021, 3.1.1.2]
3.10
corner splay
internal chamfering of the corners of a box culvert
3.11
cut block
EPS block formed by cutting from EPS block
3.12
deviation
difference between an actual measure and the corresponding nominal dimension
3.13
embedment length
length of the pole segment firmly fixed in the surrounding of earth or foundation
3.14
floor plate
reinforced or prestressed concrete plates generally used as permanent formwork for cast-in-situ concrete, which, when hardened and liaised with the upper face of the floor plate, forms a structurally composite slab
Note 1 to entry: Some floor plates can be used as formwork for cast-in-situ concrete, with no contribution to the strength of the finished floor.
3.15
foundation pile
long element to be driven in the ground to provide support to the foundation
3.16
hollow core
void produced by specific industrial manufacturing techniques, located with a regular pattern
3.17
lattice girder
two dimensional or three-dimensional metallic structure comprising an upper chord, one or more lower chords and continuous or discontinuous diagonals which are welded or mechanically connected to the chords
[SOURCE: EN 10080:2005, 3.18]
3.19
loadbearing wall
wall element which carries external loads or is important for the safety of people
3.20
moulded block
EPS block formed by moulding
3.21
nominal dimension
dimension specified in the drawings and calculations and targeted at manufacture
3.22
non-loadbearing wall
wall element which carries only its self-weight and is neither necessary for the building stability nor important for the safety of people
3.23
panel
horizontal fence element of reinforced or pre-stressed concrete, connected to the post
3.24
pile joint
device by which separate segments of a segmental foundation pile are structurally connected
3.25
post
vertical fence element of reinforced or pre-stressed concrete, intended to be buried or fastened at its base
Note 1 to entry: This element is designed to accommodate solid or open-work panels and/or rails, meshes or wires.
3.26
precast concrete product
product which is made of concrete and is manufactured in a place different from the final destination of use, and which is the result of an industrial process
3.27
principal dimensions
length, width, depth or thickness
3.28
product family
group of products produced by one manufacturer for which the assessment results for one or more characteristics from any one product within the range are valid for all other products within this range
3.29
R1 type block
block for floor system allowing a mechanical liaison between the beam and the structural topping
Note 1 to entry: Its only mechanical function is that of formwork during the construction of the floor system. Blocks which are supported only on beam ledgers provide no mechanical function to the final floor.
3.30
R2 type block
block for floor system that extends over the beam header in the peak stress zone, contributing to the mechanical function of the final floor
Note 1 to entry: Blocks type R2 are generally used with self-bearing beams.
3.31
rail
horizontal fence element of reinforced or pre-stressed concrete, connected to and supported by the post
Note 1 to entry: Rails for sports grounds are distinguished from other types of rails.
3.32
solid panel
fence panel made of reinforced concrete without any opening
3.33
solid wall
precast wall of any shape produced as one solid unit including reinforcement and fixtures
3.34
special roof element
thin-walled structural element with variable transverse cross-section, such as folded plates, or shell elements, specifically intended for roofings with their typical loads
3.35
thermal conductivity
thermal transmission through unit area of a uniform material of unit thickness when unit difference of temperature is established between its faces
Note 1 to entry: Thermal conductivity is expressed in W/(mK).
[SOURCE: ISO 2424:2024, 9.2.4]
3.36
thick block
lightweight block for beam-and-block floor system constituted by one or several materials, which forms a filled product
3.37
thin block
lightweight block for beam-and-block floor system formed as a vault made of one or several layers of material
3.38
tolerance
range between the upper accepted maximum deviation and the lower accepted maximum deviation
3.39
topping
in-situ concrete layer cast over the entire floor surface and acting monolithically by bond with or without connecting reinforcement
3.40
web
solid material linking the faces or shells of a product
3.41
web recess
formed notch in a web
4.0 Characteristics
4.1 Concrete
4.1.1 Characteristic compressive strength
When assessed, the characteristic value of the compressive strength of concrete shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.1.
The performance shall be expressed as a class as indicated in Table 1. The characteristic compressive strength at 28 days of 150 mm diameter by 300 mm cylinders (fck,cyl) or the characteristic compressive strength at 28 days of 150 mm cubes (fck,cube), shall be used for classification.
Table 1 — Compressive strength classes for concrete
Compressive strength class | Minimum characteristic | Minimum characteristic |
C8/10 | 8 | 10 |
C12/15 | 12 | 15 |
C16/20 | 16 | 20 |
C20/25 | 20 | 25 |
C25/30 | 25 | 30 |
C30/37 | 30 | 37 |
C35/45 | 35 | 45 |
C40/50 | 40 | 50 |
C45/55 | 45 | 55 |
C50/60 | 50 | 60 |
C55/67 | 55 | 67 |
C60/75 | 60 | 75 |
C70/85 | 70 | 85 |
C80/95 | 80 | 95 |
C90/105 | 90 | 105 |
C100/115 | 100 | 115 |
4.1.2 Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete
When assessed, the characteristic value of the compressive strength of lightweight concrete shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.2.
The performance shall be expressed as a class as indicated in Table 2. The characteristic compressive strength at 28 days of 150 mm diameter by 300 mm cylinders (fck,cyl) or the characteristic compressive strength at 28 days of 150 mm cubes (fck,cube), shall be used for classification.
Table 2 — Compressive strength classes for lightweight concrete
Compressive | Minimum characteristic | Minimum characteristic |
LC8/9 | 8 | 9 |
LC12/13 | 12 | 13 |
LC16/18 | 16 | 18 |
LC20/22 | 20 | 22 |
LC25/28 | 25 | 28 |
LC30/33 | 30 | 33 |
LC35/38 | 35 | 38 |
LC40/44 | 40 | 44 |
LC45/50 | 45 | 50 |
LC50/55 | 50 | 55 |
LC55/60 | 55 | 60 |
LC60/66 | 60 | 66 |
LC70/77 | 70 | 77 |
LC80/88 | 80 | 88 |
4.1.3 Tensile splitting strength
When assessed, the tensile splitting strength of concrete or lightweight concrete shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.3 and expressed in MPa rounded to the nearest 0,05.
4.1.4 Dry density lightweight concrete
When assessed, the dry density lightweight concrete shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.4 and expressed as a class in accordance with Table 3.
Table 3 — Dry density classes for lightweight concrete
Class | Minimum dry density (kg/m3) | Maximum dry density (kg/m3) |
D1.0 | 800 | 1 000 |
D1.2 | 1001 | 1 200 |
D1.4 | 1201 | 1 400 |
D1.6 | 1401 | 1 600 |
D1.8 | 1601 | 1 800 |
D2.0 | 1 801 | 2 000 |
4.1.5 Drying shrinkage
When assessed, the drying shrinkage shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.5 and expressed in mm/m, rounded to the nearest 10.
4.1.6 Maximum aggregate size
When assessed, the maximum aggregate size shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.6 and expressed in mm rounded to the nearest integer.
4.1.7 Water penetration depth of concrete
When assessed, the water penetration depth of concrete shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.7 and expressed in mm rounded to the nearest integer.
4.1.8 Water absorption
When assessed, the water absorption shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.8 and expressed as a percentage rounded to the nearest 0,1 %.
4.2 Reinforcing steel
4.2.1 Elongation at maximum load
The elongation at maximum load shall be assessed in accordance with 5.2.1 and expressed as a percentage, rounded to the nearest 0,1 %.
4.2.2 Elongation after fracture
The elongation after fracture shall be assessed in accordance with 5.2.2 and expressed as a percentage, rounded to the nearest 0,1 %.
4.2.3 Stress ratio
The stress ratio shall be assessed in accordance with 5.2.3 and expressed as a percentage, rounded to the nearest 0,01 %.
4.2.4 Tensile yield strength
The tensile yield strength shall be assessed in accordance with 5.2.4 and expressed in MPa, rounded to the nearest integer.
4.2.5 Ultimate tensile strength
The ultimate tensile strength shall be assessed in accordance with 5.2.5 and expressed in MPa, rounded to the nearest integer.
4.3 Prestressing steel
4.3.1 Elongation at maximum load
The elongation at maximum load shall be assessed in accordance with 5.3.1 and expressed as a percentage, rounded to the nearest 0,1 %.
4.3.2 Tensile 0,1 proof stress
The tensile 0,1 proof stress shall be assessed in accordance with 5.3.2 and expressed in MPa, rounded to the nearest integer.
4.3.3 Tensile 0,2 proof stress
The tensile 0,2 proof stress shall be assessed in accordance with 5.3.3 and expressed in MPa, rounded to the nearest integer.
4.3.4 Ultimate tensile strength
The ultimate tensile strength shall be assessed in accordance with 5.3.4 and expressed in MPa, rounded to the nearest integer.
4.4 Mechanical strength – calculation aided by physical testing
When the calculation of the mechanical strength characteristics is aided by testing, it shall be assessed whether the test result achieves a minimum 95 % ratio compared to the calculated performance. The result of this assessment shall be expressed as a Boolean: true when the minimum ratio is achieved and false when not.
The calculation shall be provided in the documentation attached to the declaration in accordance with 4.13.
For the following products, the test shall be made in accordance with:
— box culverts: 5.4.1 ;
— fence elements: 5.4.2.
4.4.1 Masts and poles: 5.4.3.Mechanical strength - testing
4.4.2 Junction boxes
Flexural strength
When assessed, the flexural strength shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.1.1 and expressed in daN rounded to the nearest 10.
Resistance to concentrated loads bottom
When assessed, the resistance to concentrated loads bottom shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.1.2 and expressed in daN rounded to the nearest 10.
4.4.3 Beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks – EPS blocks, and beams and blocks – blocks - permanent lightweight formwork
Resistance to concentrated loads
When assessed, the resistance to concentrated loads of R1 type blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.1 and expressed as a class in accordance with Table 4.
Table 4 — Resistance to concentrated loads classes — R1 blocks
Resistance to concentrated loads class | Minimum characteristic punching-bending strength (kN) |
Very low non-resisting (R1-VLNR) | 0,7 |
Low non-resisting (R1-LNR) | 1,0 |
Non-resisting (R1-NR) | 1,5 |
Semi-resisting (R1-SR) | 2,0 |
Resisting (R1-RR) | 2,5 |
Bending strength
When assessed, the resistance to concentrated loads of R2 type blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.2 and expressed as a class in accordance with Table 5, where L is the block length in m (see Annex E).
Table 5 — Resistance to concentrated loads classes – R2 blocks
Resistance to concentrated loads class | Minimum bending strength load (kN) |
Low non-resisting (R2-LNR) | 1,0 |
Non-resisting (R2-NR) | 1,5 |
Semi-resisting (R2-SR) | Minimum of 2,0 or 12 × L |
Longitudinal compression strength
When assessed, the characteristic longitudinal compression strength of resisting and semi-resisting blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.3 and expressed as a class in accordance with Table 6.
Table 6 — Longitudinal compression strength classes
Longitudinal compression strength class | Minimum characteristic longitudinal compression strength (MPa) |
R0 | 0 |
R2-RRC | 16 |
R1-RRC | 20 |
Transverse strength
When assessed, the transverse strength of resisting and semi-resisting blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.4 and shall meet a threshold value of 3,5 kN.
Gross dry density beams and blocks - clay blocks
When assessed, the gross dry density of beams and blocks - clay blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.5 and expressed as a class in accordance with Table 7.
Table 7 — Gross dry density classes for beams and blocks - clay blocks
Class | Minimum mean gross dry density (kg/m3) | Maximum mean gross dry density (kg/m3) |
0,5 | 401 | 500 |
0,6 | 501 | 600 |
0,7 | 601 | 700 |
0,8 | 701 | 800 |
0,9 | 801 | 900 |
1,0 | 901 | 1 000 |
1,1 | 1 001 | 1 100 |
1,2 | 1 101 | 1 200 |
1,3 | 1 201 | 1 300 |
1,4 | 1 301 | 1 400 |
1,5 | 1 401 | 1 500 |
compressive strength - beams and blocks - clay blocks
When assessed, the compressive strength of beams and blocks - clay blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.6 and expressed in MPa rounded to the nearest 0,1.
compressive strength - beams and blocks - EPS blocks
When assessed, the compressive strength of beams and blocks - EPS blocks shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.2.7 and expressed in kPa rounded to the nearest 1.
4.4.4 Foundation piles – rigidity of joints
When assessed, the rigidity of foundation piles joints shall be determined in accordance with 5.5.3 and expressed as a class in accordance with Table 8.
Table 8 — Foundation piles – Rigidity of joints classes
Class | Testing verification | Impact blows (n) | Impact blow stress level (N/mm2) |
A | impact and bending | 1 000 | 28 |
B | impact and bending | 1 000 | 22 |
C | impact and bending | 1 000 | 17 |
D | Impact | 500 | 17 |
4.4.5 Shuttering blocks and woodchip shuttering blocks
Flexural strength of shells
When assessed, the flexural strength of the shells ff,m shall be determined on the thinnest shell in accordance with 5.5.4.1 and expressed in MPa rounded to the nearest 0,1.
Tensile strength of webs
When assessed, the mean tensile strength of the webs ft,fl shall be determined on the smallest section of the webs in accordance with 5.5.4.2 and expressed in MPa rounded to the nearest 0,01.
4.4.6 Floor slats for livestock
When assessed, the mechanical strength of floor slats for livestock shall be expressed as a class in accordance with Table 9 based on the following loads:
— a vertical characteristic linear load qk,
— a vertical characteristic point load Fk,v,
— a horizontal characteristic point load Fk,h.
Table 9 — Mechanical strength class - floor slats for livestock class
Mechanical strength class | linear load | vertical point load | distance | horizontal point load |
A1 | 2,5 | 1,2 | 0,5 | 0,5 |
A2 | 5,0 | 4,2 | 0,8 | 2,5 |
A3 | 5,0 | 4,2 | 0,8 | 2,5 |
B1 | 0,8 | 0,8 | 0,3 | 0,1 |
B2 | 1,5 | 1,0 | 0,5 | 0,5 |
B3 | 2,5 | 1,3 | 0,5 | 1,0 |
The given loading values include possible dynamic effects.
On top of the self-weight, the following load cases, corresponding to livestock and workers, shall be considered separately:
a) A combination of a vertical characteristic linear load qk and a vertical characteristic point load Fk,v, located at the most unfavourable position on the axis of a beam (see Figure 1). Further linear load(s) qk, placed at distance a (see Table 9) shall be added if this increases the action-effect.
The vertical point load shall act at a location that is relevant for the action-effect under consideration. Locations within a distance h from the inner edge of a support, where h is the height of the floor slat shall be disregarded.
In the case of floor slats with a/2 < b1 < a where b1 = bo - b - s and bo represents the overall slat width, b the beam width and s the gap width, a linear load ((2b1/a) - 1) × qk shall be added at distance b1.
The combination of a linear load qk and a vertical point load Fk,v shall be replaced by a point load 2Fk,v, located at the least favourable position on the axis of a beam, whenever this increases the action-effect.
Key
1 | variable (most unfavourable position) |
Figure 1 — Floor slats for livestock: vertical loads
b) A horizontal characteristic point load Fk,h, acting at the least favourable location for the action-effect under consideration (see Figure 2). The torsional effects caused by the horizontal point load shall be disregarded.
Key
1 | variable (most unfavourable position) |
Figure 2 — Floor slats for livestock: horizontal load
The calculation shall be part of the documentation provided with the declaration in accordance with 4.12.
4.5 Fire performance
4.5.1 Propensity to undergo continuous smouldering
When assessed, the propensity to undergo continuous smouldering shall be determined and described in accordance with 5.6.1.
4.5.2 Reaction to fire
General
The reaction to fire indicates the degree of contribution of the material/product to the behaviour of the concrete and lightweight concrete solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, box culverts, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, stairs, concrete deck elements for bridges, and beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, and beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, in the event of fire. When tested in accordance with the test method given in clause 5.6.2, relevant for the claimed class, the test result is expressed as a class according to the classification published in the Official Journal of the European Union on this specific matter.
NOTE The applicable document at the time this standard was drafted is Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/364 of 1 July 2015 (see OJEU L, 2016-03-15).
The conditions for which the declared classification is valid may be included in the attached documentation.
Classification without further testing (WFT)
Whether products covered by this standard fulfil the conditions, under which they have demonstrated of having a stable reaction to fire performance in a given reaction to fire class, based on testing to the appropriate EN test methods, the established assigned class applies to these products without the need of carrying out further reaction to fire tests.
NOTE The rules to apply this classification are published as Commission Decisions or Commission Delegated Regulations.
Classification without testing (WT)
When products covered by this standard are made from one or more of the materials that have been considered, under established conditions, as belonging to the category “No contribution to fire” because of their low level of combustibility, the reaction to fire class A applies to these products without the need of carrying out reaction to fire tests.
NOTE The applicable document at the time this standard was drafted is Commission Decision 96/603/EEC, Materials to be considered as reaction to fire Class A without the need for testing as amended by Commission Decision 2000/605/EC of 26 September 2000 (see OJEU L, 2000-10-12).
4.5.3 Resistance to fire
The resistance to fire is the capability of the product to provide, in the event of fire and for a given time, one or more of the following behaviours:
— Load-bearing capacity (R);
— Integrity (E);
— Insulation (I).
When assessed in accordance with the test method indicated in 5.6.3, the result is expressed as class in minutes according to the classification published in the Official Journal of the European Union on this specific matter, completed by the established suffixes.
NOTE The applicable document at the time this standard was drafted is Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2024/1681 of 6 March 2024 (see OJEU L, 2024-06-13).
4.6 Water performance
4.6.1 Water vapour permeability
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness
When assessed, the equivalent air thickness of water vapour permeability shall be determined in accordance with 5.7.1.1 and expressed as equivalent air layer thickness in m rounded to the unit.
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing
When assessed, the water vapour permeability resistance factor shall be determined in accordance with 5.7.1.2 and expressed as µ factor rounded to the unit.
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - tabulated values
When estimated through a tabulated value, the water vapour permeability shall be determined in accordance with 5.7.1.3 and expressed as µ factor.
4.6.2 Water permeability
When assessed, the water permeability shall be determined in accordance with 5.7.2 and expressed as a percentage rounded to the nearest 0,1 %.
4.7 Thermal performance
4.7.1 Thermal conductivity – testing
When assessed, the thermal conductivity λ shall be determined in accordance with 5.8.1 and declared as a characteristic value in W/(m.K).
4.7.2 Thermal conductivity – tabulated values
When estimated through a tabulated value, the thermal conductivity shall be determined in accordance with 5.8.2.
4.8 Acoustic performance
4.8.1 Airborne sound insulation index - calculation
When calculated, the airborne sound insulation index shall be estimated in accordance with 5.9.1. It shall be expressed in one-third octave bands 100 Hz to 3 150 Hz and as a single number quantity with spectrum adaptation terms in accordance with EN ISO 717‑1:2020 in dB rounded to the first decimal.
4.8.2 Airborne sound insulation index – testing
When assessed, the airborne sound insulation index shall be measured in accordance with 5.9.2. It shall be expressed in one-third octave bands 100 Hz to 3 150 Hz and as a single number quantity with spectrum adaptation terms in accordance with EN ISO 717‑1:2020 in dB rounded to the first decimal.
4.8.3 Impact sound insulation - calculation
When calculated, the impact noise transmission index shall be estimated by calculation in accordance with 5.9.3. It shall be expressed in the third octave bands 100 Hz to 3 150 Hz and as a single number quantity with spectrum adaptation terms in accordance with EN ISO 717‑2:2020 in dB rounded to the first decimal.
4.8.4 Impact sound insulation – testing
When assessed, the impact noise transmission index shall be measured in accordance with 5.9.4. It shall be expressed in the third octave bands 100 Hz to 3 150 Hz and as a single number quantity with spectrum adaptation terms in accordance with EN ISO 717‑2:2020 in dB rounded to the first decimal.
4.8.5 Sound absorption coefficient building elements
When assessed, the sound absorption coefficient of HVAC flue element sound absorbing covering materials shall be determined in accordance with 5.9.5 and expressed as a 10 % fractile with a 90 % confidence interval of the weighted sound absorption coefficient rounded to the nearest 0,01.
4.9 Other performances
4.9.1 Mass of the element
When assessed, the mass shall be determined in accordance with the test method given in clause 5.10.1 and expressed in kg rounded to the nearest integer for products up to 50 kg and to the nearest 10 for the other products.
4.9.2 Air tightness class - HVAC flue elements
When assessed, the air tightness class of HVAC flue elements shall be determined in accordance with 5.10.2.
4.9.3 Mechanical resistance of rungs
When assessed, the mechanical resistance of rungs for junction boxes shall be determined in accordance with 5.10.3 and expressed in N rounded to the nearest 10.
4.9.4 Moisture expansion
Applies to beams and blocks - clay blocks
When assessed, the moisture expansion shall be determined in accordance with 5.10.4 and expressed in mm/m rounded to the nearest 0,1.
4.10 Release of dangerous substances
4.10.1 Release of dangerous substances to indoor air
The release of the substances listed in Table 11 indicates the air concentration of the substance in the reference room for walls or floor, ceiling. When required and assessed in accordance with the test method given in 5.11.1, the test result is expressed as a value and rounded as indicated in Table 11.
Table 11 — Release of dangerous substances to indoor air
Substance | Unit | Rounding |
Acetaldehyde | µg/m3 | nearest integer |
Benzene | µg/m3 | nearest 10 |
dibutyl phthalate | µg/m3 | nearest 10 |
ethylhexyl phthalate | µg/m3 | nearest 10 |
Formaldehyde | µg/m3 | nearest 10 |
Toluene | µg/m3 | nearest 10 |
Trichlorethylene | µg/m3 | nearest 10 |
4.10.2 Release of dangerous substances to soil and ground water
The release of the substances listed in Table 12 indicates the concentration of the substance in the eluates. When required and assessed in accordance with the test method given in 5.11.2, the test result is expressed as a value in rounded as indicated in Table 12.
Table 12 — Release of dangerous substances to soil and ground water
Substance | Unit | Rounding |
---|---|---|
Antimony | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Arsenic | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Asbestos | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Barium | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Benzene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Bromine | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Cadmium | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Chlorine | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Chromium | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Cobalt | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Copper | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Ethylbenzene | mg/m2 | nearest 100 |
Fluoride | mg/m2 | nearest 10 |
Lead | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Mercury | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
mineral oil | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Molybdenum | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Nickel | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
pcbs (sum) | mg/m2 | nearest 100 |
Phenol | mg/m2 | nearest 100 |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): anthracene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): benzo(a)anthracene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): benzo(a)pyrene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): benzo(ghi)perylene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): benzo(k)fluoranthene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): chrysene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): indeno(1,2,3cd)pyrene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): fluoranthene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): naphthalene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): phenanthrene | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah): sum | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Selenium | mg/m2 | nearest 10 |
Sulphate | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Tin | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Toluene | mg/m2 | nearest 100 |
Vanadium | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
Xylenes | mg/m2 | nearest 100 |
Zinc | mg/m2 | nearest integer |
4.11 Environmental sustainability
4.11.1 Reference service life
The reference service life is the service life to be expected under a set of reference in-use conditions consistent with the characteristics of the product. When required and assessed in accordance with the method given in clause 5.12.1, the results are expressed as a value in years.
4.11.2 Life cycle assessment environmental characteristics
Characteristics in Table 13 are related to the life cycle assessment of the product. When required and assessed in accordance with the method given in clause 5.12.2, the results are expressed as a value in the units included in Table 13 for modules A1 to A3 and for each module and European harmonised scenario described in clause 5.12.2.
Table 13 — Life cycle assessment environmental characteristics
Characteristic | Unit | Dimensions |
---|---|---|
climate change – total | kg CO2 eq. | M |
climate change – fossil | kg CO2 eq. | M |
climate change – biogenic | kg CO2 eq. | M |
climate change - land use and land use change | kg CO2 eq. | M |
ozone depletion | kg CFC 11 eq. | M |
Acidification | mol H+ eq. | N |
eutrophication aquatic freshwater | kg PO4 eq. | M |
eutrophication aquatic marine | kg N eq. | M |
eutrophication terrestrial | mol N eq. | N |
photochemical ozone formation | kg NMVOC eq. | M |
depletion of abiotic resources - minerals and metals | kg Sb eq. | M |
depletion of abiotic resources - fossil fuels | MJ, net calorific value | ML2T-2 |
water use | m3 world eq. deprived | L3 |
particulate matter emissions | Disease incidence | - |
ionising radiation, human health | kBq U235 eq. | S-1 |
ecotoxicity (freshwater) | CTUe | M-1 |
human toxicity, cancer effects | CTUh | M-1 |
human toxicity, non- cancer effects | CTUh | M-1 |
land use related impacts / soil quality | unitless | - |
4.11.3 Resource use environmental characteristics
Characteristics in Table 14 are related to the resource use over the life cycle of the product. When required and assessed in accordance with the method given in 5.12.3, the results are expressed as a value in the units included in Table 14 for modules A1 to A3 and for each module and European harmonised scenario described in 5.12.3.
Table 14 — Resource use environmental characteristics
Characteristic | unit | dimensions |
use of renewable primary energy excluding renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | MJ | ML2T-2 |
use of renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | MJ | ML2T-2 |
total use of renewable primary energy resources (primary energy and primary energy resources used as raw materials) | MJ | ML2T-2 |
use of non-renewable primary energy excluding non-renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | MJ | ML2T-2 |
use of non-renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | MJ | ML2T-2 |
total use of non-renewable primary energy resources (primary energy and primary energy resources used as raw materials) | MJ | ML2T-2 |
use of secondary material | kg | M |
use of renewable secondary fuels | MJ | ML2T-2 |
use of non-renewable secondary fuels | MJ | ML2T-2 |
net use of fresh water | m3 | L3 |
4.11.4 Waste environmental characteristics
Characteristics in Table 15 are related to the waste produced over the life cycle of the product. When required and assessed in accordance with the method given in 5.12.4, the results are expressed as a value in the units included in Table 15 for modules A1 to A3 and for each module and European harmonised scenario described in 5.12.4.
Table 15 — Waste environmental characteristics
Characteristic | unit | dimensions |
hazardous waste disposed | kg | M |
non-hazardous waste disposed | kg | M |
radioactive waste disposed | kg | M |
4.11.5 Output flows environmental characteristics
Characteristics in Table 16 are related to the output flows over the life cycle of the product. When required and assessed in accordance with the method given in 5.12.5, the results are expressed as a value in the units included in Table 16 for modules A1 to A3 and for each module and European harmonised scenario described in 5.12.5.
Table 16 — Output flows environmental characteristics
Characteristic | unit | Dimensions |
components for re-use | kg | M |
materials for recycling | kg | M |
materials for energy recovery | kg | M |
exported energy | MJ | ML2T-2 |
4.11.6 Biogenic carbon content environmental characteristics
Characteristics in Table 17 are related to the waste produced over the life cycle of the product. When required and assessed in accordance with the method given in 5.12.6, the results are expressed as a value in the units included in Table 17 for modules A1 to A3 and for each module and European harmonised scenario described in 5.12.6.
Table 17 — Biogenic carbon environmental characteristics
Characteristic | unit | Dimensions |
biogenic carbon content in product | kg C | M |
biogenic carbon content in accompanying packaging | kg C | M |
4.12 Performances in attached documentation of the product
4.12.1 General
In case the structural behaviour, including fatigue resistance, earthquake resistance, fire resistance and durability, is expressed in a way not directly related to essential characteristics, the following applies.
4.12.2 Off-the-shelf products
In this case, information about the loads and exposure scenarios of product is not known so the relevant information comprises:
— A detailed set of drawings including nominal dimensions, tolerances and materials used allowing the determination of the behaviour when the loads and exposure scenarios are defined.
— When relavant, usual load and exposure scenarios and calculations or tabulated values relevant to them, including durability assessment, even if they do not reflect the applicable loads and exposures in which the product is used.
— When relevant, reference to the calculation methods, exposure scenarios and any relevant additional information.
The performance shall be assessed in accordance with 5.13.2.
4.12.3 Custom-made products
In this case, information about the loads and exposure scenarios of the product is available so the relevant information comprises:
— A detailed set of drawings including nominal dimensions, tolerances and materials used allowing the calculation of the behaviour for the established loads and exposure scenarios.
— When relevant, the applicable load and exposure scenarios and calculations or tabulated values relevant to them, including durability assessment.
— When relevant, reference to the calculation methods, description of the exposure scenarios and any relevant additional information.
The performance shall be assessed in accordance with 5.13.3.
4.12.4 Set of drawings
The drawings shall consider and include when relevant:
— The detailing as regards fixings, plans, drawings and tolerances;
— The joints details and fixings/fastening in thin-walled elements of HVAC flues;
— The connections to other elements of junction boxes and foundation elements;
— The loadbearing compression joints of loadbearing wall elements;
— the opening and joints, and detailing as regards connectors of masts and poles;
— The stem-base description of cantilever retaining walls;
— The shape, components, supports, connections, and complementary elements of special roof elements;
— The stress-strain curve of the reinforcing steel;
— The client inputs in the case of custom-made products.
4.12.5 Calculations
The calculations shall consider and include when relevant:
— The traffic and fatigue situations;
— The performance under seismic conditions;
— The beam and block compatibility for beam-and-block floor systems;
— The cast-in-situ concrete topping of floor elements;
— The transient situations and shear and negative moments of floor elements;
— The formwork pressure for the concreting of composite walls on site;
— The beam-like behaviour, hyperstatic plate-systems behaviour, isostatic plate-system behaviour, and resistance verifications of special roof elements;
— The thermal insulation adhesion of shuttering blocks;
— The R, EI and REI resistance to fire classes when calculated or tabulated values are used;
— The client inputs in the case of custom-made products.
5.0 Testing, assessment and sampling methods
5.1 Concrete
5.1.1 Characteristic compressive strength
The characteristic compressive strength shall be determined on representative moulded specimens in accordance with EN 12390-3:2019.
The standard cylinder strength is obtained with a cylinder of 150 mm diameter and 300 mm height. The standard cube strength is obtained with a cube of 150 mm side length.
Cubes with a nominal size of at least 100 mm and not more than 150 mm and cylinders or cores with equal nominal length and diameter from 100 mm up to 150 mm can be assumed to give a strength value equivalent to the standard cube strength value obtained under the same ambient conditions.
Cylinders and cores with a nominal diameter of at least 100 mm and not larger than 150 mm and with a nominal length to diameter ratio equal to 2 can be assumed to give a strength value equivalent to the standard cylinder strength value obtained under the same ambient conditions.
For other shapes and sizes of specimens, conversion factors with the standard cylinder or cube strength shall be established by initial testing.
Cores with a nominal diameter less than 50 mm and/or a nominal length less than 0,7 times the diameter or cubes with a nominal size less than 50 mm shall not be used.
NOTE In order to obtain the (cylinder) strength f ° for drilled cores with d ≥ 50 mm diameter with length h not less than 0,7d, a proper shape correlation for the measured strength f ' can be calculated as a function of the size ratio h/d from the Formula hereafter:
f ° = f ' · (0,215 · ln(h/d) + 0,85),
where 0,7 ≤ h/d ≤ 2,0
EN 13791:2019 provides information on shape correlation factors.
Conversion factors for the relationship between indirect structural strength and direct structural strength shall be established by initial testing. Depending on the shape and/or size of the specimens to be considered this conversion factor can include a shape and/or size conversion factor.
For stabilized production processes where the composition of the concrete and curing methods are not changed, the compressive indirect structural strength may be determined by test specimens, made from fresh concrete, cured and stored in factory conditions as close to the precast concrete product as possible, provided an initial test has determined the correlation with the direct structural strength.
Density may be used as a characteristic for the establishment of the correlation.
For initial production, the characteristic compressive strength fck in MPa corresponding to the class as defined in Table 1 is determined based on the mean value fcm of non-overlapping or overlapping groups of three consecutive results, expressed in MPa, as satisfying Formula (1) where fck is either fck,cyl or fck,cub:
fck ≤ (fcm - 4) (1)
For continuous production (equal or superior to 15 samples) the characteristic compressive strength fck in MPa corresponding to the class as defined in Table 1 is determined based on the mean value fcm of non-overlapping or overlapping groups of three consecutive results, expressed in MPa, as satisfying Formula (2) where fck is either fck,cyl or fck,cub and σ is the estimated standard deviation of the population:
fck ≤ fcm – 1,48σ (2)
The determination method used for initial production may be kept during the continuous production.
Where this method is applied to a concrete family, the mean of all non-transposed test results (fcm) for a single family member shall be compared with the criterion given in Table 18. Any concrete failing this criterion shall be removed from the family and checked individually.
The reintegration of the removed concretes is accepted only after revision of the established relationships between the removed composition and the reference concrete.
Table 18 — Confirmation criterion for family members
Number n of test results for compressive strength for a single family member | Mean of n results (fcm) for a single family member MPa |
2 | ≥ fck - 1,0 |
3 | ≥ fck + 1,0 |
4 | ≥ fck + 2,0 |
5 | ≥ fck + 2,5 |
6 | ≥ fck + 3,0 |
7 to 9 | ≥ fck + 3,5 |
10 to 12 | ≥ fck + 4,0 |
13, 14 | ≥ fck + 4,5 |
≥ 15 | ≥ fck + 1,48 σ |
At the end of initial production, the standard deviation (σ) of the population shall be estimated from at least 35 consecutive test results taken over a period exceeding three months. When continuous production begins, this value of standard deviation shall be used over the first assessment period. At the end of the first and subsequent assessment periods, the standard deviation based on the corresponding n test results sn is checked to determine whether it has changed significantly compared to σ, using the limits given in Table 19 or determined by Formula (3) in case of more than 35 test results. If it has not changed significantly, the current estimate of the standard deviation applies to the following assessment period. When there is a significant change in standard deviation, a new standard deviation is calculated from the most recent 35 consecutive results and applied to the following assessment period.
Table 19 — Values for verification of standard deviation
Number of test results | Limits for sn |
15 to 19 | 0,63 σ ≤ sn ≤ 1,37 σ |
20 to 24 | 0,68 σ ≤ sn ≤ 1,31 σ |
25 to 29 | 0,72 σ ≤ sn ≤ 1,28 σ |
30 to 34 | 0,74 σ ≤ sn ≤ 1,26 σ |
35 | 0,76 σ ≤ sn ≤ 1,24 σ |
(3)
where is the α -fractile of a chi-square distribution with ν = n – 1 degrees of freedom.
5.1.2 Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete
The characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete shall be determined in accordance with 5.1.1.
The provisions of 5.1.1 for concrete families apply also to lightweight concrete families.
5.1.3 Tensile splitting strength
When tested, the tensile splitting strength of concrete or lightweight concrete shall be determined in accordance with EN 12390-6:2023.
5.1.4 Dry density lightweight concrete
When tested, the dry density of lightweight concrete shall be determined as a mean value of measurements made in accordance with EN 12390-7:2019 under “oven-dried conditions”.
5.1.5 Drying shrinkage
When tested, the drying shrinkage in end use conditions shall be determined as a mean value of measurements made in accordance with EN 12390-16:2019.
5.1.6 Maximum aggregate size
When tested, the maximum aggregate size D shall be determined in accordance with EN 12620:2002+A1:2008, Table 2, for normal weight aggregates, or EN 13055:2016, 5.3.3, for lightweight aggregates, based on testing in accordance with EN 933-1:2012.
5.1.7 Water penetration depth of concrete
When tested, the water penetration depth of concrete shall be determined in accordance with EN 12390-8:2019.
5.1.8 Water absorption
When tested, the water absorption shall be determined in accordance with Annex F.
5.2 Reinforcing steel
5.2.1 Elongation at maximum load
The elongation at maximum load shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-1:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.2.2 Elongation after fracture
The elongation after fracture shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-1:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.2.3 Stress ratio
The stress ration shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-1:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.2.4 Tensile yield strength
The tensile yield strength shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-1:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.2.5 Ultimate tensile strength
The ultimate tensile strength shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-1:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.3 Prestressing steel
5.3.1 Elongation at maximum load
The elongation at maximum load shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-3:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.3.2 Tensile 0,1 proof stress
The tensile 0,1 proof stress shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-3:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.3.3 Tensile 0,2 proof stress
The tensile 0,2 proof stress shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-3:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.3.4 Ultimate tensile strength
The ultimate tensile strength shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 15630-3:2019. Alternative determination methods may be accepted. In this case, a correlation with the reference method shall be provided when possible.
5.4 Mechanical strength - calculation aided by testing
5.4.1 Box culverts
The test shall be made in accordance with Annex A.
5.4.2 Fence elements
The test shall be made in accordance with Annex B.
5.4.3 Masts and poles
The test shall be made in accordance with Annex C.
5.5 Mechanical strength – testing
5.5.1 Junction boxes
Flexural strength
When tested, the flexural strength shall be determined in accordance with J.1.
Resistance to concentrated loads bottom
When tested, the resistance to concentrated loads bottom shall be determined in accordance with J.2.
5.5.2 Beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks – EPS blocks, and beams and blocks – blocks - permanent lightweight formwork
Resistance to concentrated loads
When tested, the resistance to concentrated loads of R1 type blocks shall be determined through a punching-bending strength test in accordance with H.1.
Bending strength
When tested, the resistance to concentrated loads of R2 type blocks shall be determined through a bending strength test in accordance with H.2.
Longitudinal compression strength
When tested, the characteristic longitudinal compression strength of resisting and semi-resisting blocks shall be determined in accordance with H.3.
Transverse strength
When tested, the transverse strength of resisting and semi-resisting blocks shall be determined in accordance with H.4.
Gross dry density beams and blocks - clay blocks
When tested, the gross dry density of beams and blocks - clay blocks shall be determined in accordance with EN 772-13:2000.
compressive strength - beams and blocks - clay blocks
When tested, the compressive strength of beams and blocks - clay blocks shall be determined in accordance with EN 772-1:2011+A1:2015.
compressive strength - beams and blocks - EPS blocks
When tested, the compressive strength of beams and blocks - EPS blocks shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 29469:2022.
5.5.3 Foundation piles – rigidity of joints
When tested, the rigidity of foundation piles joints shall be determined in accordance with Annex G.
5.5.4 Shuttering blocks and woodchip shuttering blocks
Flexural strength of shells
When tested, the flexural strength of the shells ff,m shall be determined on the thinnest shell in accordance with I.1.
Tensile strength of webs
The tensile strength of the webs ft,fl shall be determined on the smallest section of the webs in accordance with I.2.
5.6 Reaction and resistance to fire
5.6.1 Propensity to undergo continuous smouldering
When tested, the propensity to undergo continuous smouldering shall be determined and described in accordance with EN 16733:2016. The specimens shall be cut out form products in accordance with EN 16733:2016, 6.2. For the conditioning of the specimens, EN 13238:2010 shall apply. The direct and extended application of the results shall be established based on CEN/TS 15117:2005.
5.6.2 Reaction to fire
The reaction to fire class shall be determined in accordance with EN 13501-1:2018. The following testing standards shall apply with the indicated dated version: EN 13823:2020+A1:2022, EN ISO 1182:2020, EN ISO 1716:2018, EN ISO 11925-2:2020.
When relevant, the maximum content of homogeneously distributed organic material shall be assessed.
In the case of beams and blocks - EPS blocks, and beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, the single item burning test described in EN 13823:2020+A1:2022 shall be adapted in accordance with Annex D for thin blocks.
5.6.3 Resistance to fire
The resistance to fire classification shall be assessed in accordance with EN 13501-2:2023.
The following testing standards shall apply with the indicated dated version: EN 1365-1:2012, EN 1365-2:2014, EN 1365-3:1999, EN 1365-4:1999, EN 1365-5:2004, EN 1365-6:2004. For beams, EN 15080-8:2009 shall apply for the EXAP rules.
5.7 Water performance
5.7.1 Water vapour permeability
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness
When tested, the equivalent air thickness of water vapour permeability shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 12572:2016 in dry (A) and/or, if relevant for the intended use, wet (C) conditions.
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing
When tested, the water vapour permeability resistance factor shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 12572:2016 in dry (A) and/or, if relevant for the intended use, wet (C) conditions.
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - tabulated values
When estimated through a tabulated value, the water vapour permeability shall be determined as µ factor from EN ISO 10456:2007.
5.7.2 Water permeability
When tested, the water permeability of concrete HVAC flues shall be determined through a water absorption test in accordance with Annex F.
5.8 Thermal performance
5.8.1 Thermal conductivity – testing
When tested, the thermal conductivity λ10,dry shall be determined in accordance with EN 12664:2001.
For samples of thermal resistance higher than 0,5 m2.K/W, EN 12667:2001 shall apply.
For beams and blocks - EPS blocks, the λD value shall be determined in accordance with EN 13163:2012+A2:2016.
5.8.2 Thermal conductivity – tabulated values
When estimated through a tabulated value, the thermal conductivity shall be expressed as λ value in W/(m.K) from EN ISO 10456:2007, Table 3.
For beams and blocks - concrete blocks, beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks, and beams and blocks - clay blocks, the λ10,dry value shall be taken from EN 1745:2020, Annex A.
5.9 Acoustic performance
5.9.1 Airborne sound insulation index - calculation
When calculated, the airborne sound insulation index shall be estimated following EN ISO 12354‑1:2017.
In the case of floor plates for floor systems, the influence of the joint between floor plates for floor systems may be neglected in the calculation.
5.9.2 Airborne sound insulation index – testing
When tested, the airborne sound insulation index shall be measured in accordance with EN ISO 10140‑2:2021.
5.9.3 Impact sound insulation - calculation
When calculated, the impact noise transmission index shall be estimated by calculation following EN ISO 12354‑2:2017.
In the case of floor plates for floor systems, the influence of the joint between floor plates for floor systems may be neglected in the calculation.
5.9.4 Impact sound insulation – testing
When tested, the impact noise transmission index shall be measured in accordance with EN ISO 10140‑3:2021.
5.9.5 Sound absorption coefficient building elements
When tested, the sound absorption coefficient of HVAC flue element sound absorbing covering materials shall be determined in accordance with EN ISO 354:2003.
5.10 Other performances
5.10.1 Mass of the element
Shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, beams and blocks - concrete blocks, beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks - clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks and beams and blocks – blocks – permanent lightweight formwork shall be weighed with an accuracy of 0,1 %. The value shall be expressed as a median value in kg rounded to the nearest 0,1.
For other products, the mass shall be determined by weighing with an accuracy of ±3 % or estimated by calculation and expressed in kg rounded to the nearest 10. In case of mass production, the value shall be given as a median value.
The estimated mass shall be calculated from:
— the nominal dimensions of the finished product;
— the mean value of concrete density representative for the finished product considered, and measured from the test specimen used for compressive strength according to EN 12390-3:2019;
— the amount of reinforcement of the finished product.
5.10.2 Air tightness class - HVAC flue elements
When tested, the air tightness class shall be determined in accordance with EN 1507:2006.
5.10.3 Mechanical resistance of rungs
When tested, the mechanical resistance of rungs for junction boxes shall be determined in accordance with EN 13101:2002, Annex D.
5.10.4 Moisture expansion
When tested, the moisture expansion of beams and blocks – clay blocks shall be determined in accordance with EN 772-19:2000.
5.11 Release of dangerous substances
5.11.1 Release of dangerous substances to indoor air
Release of dangerous substances to indoor air shall be tested according to EN 16516:2017+A1:2020 using the following testing specimens and sampling methodology:
— The sample shall be constituted by:
— 6 products for large products,
— The minimum number of shuttering blocks or woodchip shuttering blocks to make 6 times 1 m2 of wall,
— The minimum number of beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork to make 6 times 1 m2 of ceiling.
— The faces which are not supposed to be in contact with indoor air shall be sealed.
— The products shall be at least 28 days old and kept in the factory normal storage conditions.
— The loading factors L shall be the following:
— 1,0 m2/m3 for HVAC flue elements, cladding elements, hollow core, multilayer and composite loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, garage boxes, hollow core shuttering blocks, wood-chip hollow core shuttering blocks, ,
— 0,4 m2/m3 for solid slabs, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, floor plates for floor systems, hollow core slabs, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, stairs,
— 0,05 m2/m3 for beams and blocks – beams, linear structural elements, floor slats for livestock.
The result derived from the assessment will correspond to the median of the results observed in the tested samples. The resulting value should be rounded to the nearest integer to determine its classification.
The performance shall be expressed in dimensions ML-3 and in unit mg/m3
5.11.2 Release of dangerous substances to soil and ground water
Release of dangerous substances to soil and ground water shall be tested according to EN 16637-2:2023 using testing specimens according to EN 16637-1:2023 and the following sampling methodology:
— Large products: 6 representative moulded specimens in accordance with EN 12390-1:2021 and EN 12390-2:2019, or representative cores in accordance with EN 12504-1:2019, or sawn specimens, with at least 7 500 mm2 of exposed side for cores and sawn specimens,
— Shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, and beams and blocks – clay blocks: 6 specimens sawn from different products, with at least 7 500 mm2 of exposed side,
— The faces which are not supposed to be in contact with soil and ground water (non-moulded faces and sawn faces) shall be sealed.
— The specimens shall be at least 28 days old and kept in the factory normal product storage conditions.
The result derived from the assessment will correspond to the median of the results observed in the tested samples. The resulting value should be rounded to the nearest integer.
The performance shall be expressed in dimensions ML-2 and in unit mg/m2
5.12 Environmental sustainability
5.12.1 Reference service life
The reference service life shall be defined according to Annex K of this document.
The result derived from the assessment will correspond to minimum value determined (in case of more than one) rounded to the nearest integer.
The performance shall be expressed in dimensions T and in unit year.
5.12.2 Life cycle assessment environmental characteristics
Life cycle assessment environmental characteristics shall be assessed according to EN 15804:2012+A2:2019, EN 16757:2022 and Annex K of this document.
The results derived from the assessment will correspond to the results for each module and each European harmonized scenario, as described in EN 16757:2022 and Annex K.
The performance shall be expressed in the dimensions and units included in Table 13.
5.12.3 Resource use environmental characteristics
Resource use environmental characteristics shall be assessed according to EN 15804:2012+A2:2019, EN 16757:2022 and Annex K of this document.
The results derived from the assessment will correspond to the results for each module and each European harmonized scenario, as described in EN 16757:2022 and Annex K.
The performance shall be expressed in the dimensions and units included in Table 14.
5.12.4 Waste environmental characteristics
Waste environmental characteristics shall be assessed according to EN 15804:2012+A2:2019, EN 16757:2022 and Annex K of this document.
The results derived from the assessment will correspond to the results for each module and each European harmonized scenario, as described in EN 16757:2022 and Annex K.
The performance shall be expressed in the dimensions and units included in Table 15.
5.12.5 Output flows environmental characteristics
Output flows environmental characteristics shall be assessed according to EN 15804:2012+A2:2019, EN 16757:2022 and Annex K of this document.
The results derived from the assessment will correspond to the results for each module and each European harmonized scenario, as described in EN 16757:2022 and Annex K.
The performance shall be expressed in the dimensions and units included in Table 16.
5.12.6 Biogenic carbon environmental characteristics
Biogenic carbon environmental characteristics shall be assessed according to EN 15804:2012+A2:2019, EN 16757:2022 and Annex K of this document.
In case the product is not made of materials containing biogenic carbon the value declared for the characteristic biogenic carbon content in product shall be 0. The same approach shall be used for the characteristic biogenic carbon content in accompanying packaging.
The results derived from the assessment will correspond to the results for each module and each European harmonized scenario, as described in EN 16757:2022 and Annex K.
The performance shall be expressed in the dimensions and units included in Table 17.
5.13 Performances in attached documentation of the product
5.13.1 General
In case the structural behaviour, including fatigue resistance, earthquake resistance, fire resistance and durability is assessed in a way not directly related to the essential characteristics of the product, appropriate methods and procedures for the determination of the geometrical data and materials used shall be established.
5.13.2 Off-the-shelf products
The assessment shall take into consideration usual load and exposure scenarios and calculations or tabulated values related to them, including durability assessment. The results may not reflect the real conditions in which the product is installed so they may require further verifications. In particular, the following elements shall be assessed when calculations or tabulated values are provided:
— Appropriateness of the calculation method and tabulated values applied to perform the calculation considering a usual load and exposure scenario;
— Validation of the input data for the calculation or tabulated values including the materials and constituents and their characteristics;
— Validation of the processing of data in relation to the calculation tool or tabulated value including the appropriateness of software used, if any;
— Validation of the results of the assessment.
5.13.3 Custom-made products
The assessment shall take into consideration the established load and exposure scenarios and calculations or tabulated values related to them, including durability assessment. In particular, the following elements shall be assessed in relation to the established conditions:
— Appropriateness of the calculation method and tabulated values applied to perform the calculation considering the applicable load and exposure scenario;
— Validation of the input data for the calculation or tabulated values including the materials and constituents and their characteristics;
— Validation of the processing of data in relation to the calculation tool or tabulated value, including the appropriateness of software used, if any;
— Validation of the results of the assessment.
When the result of the calculations or the applicable tabulated values are provided together with the loads and exposure scenarios only the following conditions apply:
— Appropriateness of the calculation method and tabulated values applied to perform the calculation considering the applicable load and exposure scenario;
— Validation of the input data as regards the materials and constituents and their characteristics;
— Verification that the final product, manufacturing process and other established conditions are fulfilled.
6.0 Assessment and verification of constancy of performance – AVCP
6.1 General
The technical details necessary for the implementation of the systems of assessment and verification of constancy of performance (AVCP) comprise provisions with regards to:
— the assessment of the performance of the products, which may be carried out on the basis of testing (including sampling), calculation, tabulated values or descriptive documentation of the product; and
— the applicable factory production control (FPC).
6.1.1 Assessment of performance
6.1.2 General
When the intention is to declare any performance related to characteristics included in Annex ZA of this document this shall be carried out on the basis of testing (including sampling), calculation, tabulated values or modelling of the product, in accordance with Clause 'Characteristics'.
Assessment previously performed in accordance with the provisions of this document may be considered, provided that this assessment was performed to the same or a more rigorous assessment method, under the same AVCP system on the same product or products of similar design, construction and functionality, such that the results are applicable to the product in question.
For the purposes of assessment, the products may be grouped into families, where it is considered that the results for one or more characteristics from any one product within the family are representative for that same characteristic for all products within that same family.
NOTE Products can be grouped in different families for different characteristics.
In addition, the assessment of the performance shall be:
— carried out for all characteristics included in this document for which it is intended to declare the performance and for the attached documentation of the product:
— on first application of this document; or
— at the beginning of the production of a new or modified product, unless a member of the same product family; or
— at the beginning of a new or modified method of production, where the modification may affect the stated properties;
— in case the list of characterization factors for the environmental assessment of products is revised.
— repeated for the characteristic(s) in question and for the attached documentation, whenever a change occurs in the product design, in the raw material(s) or in the supplier of the components, and/or in the method of production (subject to the definition of a family), which may affect significantly the performance of one or more of the characteristics or the attached documentation.
Where components are used whose performance in relation to their characteristics and attached documentation has already been determined on the basis of assessment methods of other harmonized technical specifications and those components bear CE marking in accordance with those harmonized technical specifications, these performances and attached documentation do not need to be re-assessed, if the intended use and the assessment methods of this document correspond to those used in relation to the components. The specifications of these components shall be documented.
6.1.3 Test samples, testing and assessment criteria
The samples to be tested/assessed shall be in accordance with Tables 20 to 56. Otherwise indicated, the number of specimens corresponds to 1 sample.
Table 20 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: solid slabs
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.4 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture – reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 21 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: HVAC flue elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Water permeability | 4.7.2 | 3 | 5.7.2 |
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 3 | 5.7.1.1 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing | 4.7.1.2 | 3 | 5.7.1.2 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor – tabulated values | 4.7.1.3 | - | 5.7.1.3 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
sound absorption coefficient building elements | 4.9.5 | 1 | 5.9.5 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
air tightness class - HVAC flue elements | 4.10.2 | 1 | 5.10.2 |
Table 22 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: junction boxes
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
mechanical strength - testing - flexural strength | 4.5.1.1 | 1 | 5.5.1.1 |
mechanical strength - testing - resistance to concentrated loads bottom | 4.5.1.2 | 1 | 5.5.1.2 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Mechanical resistance of rungs | 4.10.3 | 1 | 5.10.3 |
Table 23 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: beams and blocks - beams
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing | 4.4 | 1 | 4.4 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 24 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: beam-and blocks – concrete blocks
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 3 | 5.5.2.1 |
Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 3 | 5.5.2.2 |
Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 3 | 5.5.2.3 |
Transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 3 | 5.5.2.4 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 25 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 3 | 5.5.2.1 |
Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 3 | 5.5.2.2 |
Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 3 | 5.5.2.3 |
Transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 3 | 5.5.2.4 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 26 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: beams and blocks – clay blocks
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 3 | 5.5.2.1 |
Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 3 | 5.5.2.2 |
Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 3 | 5.5.2.3 |
Transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 3 | 5.5.2.4 |
Gross dry density | 4.5.2.5 | 6 | 5.5.2.5 |
Compressive strength | 4.5.2.6 | 6 | 5.5.2.6 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Moisture expansion | 4.10.4 | 6 | 5.10.4 |
Table 27 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: beams and blocks – EPS blocks
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5 | 5.5.2.1 |
Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 3 | 5.5.2.2 |
Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 3 | 5.5.2.3 |
Transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 3 | 5.5.2.4 |
Compressive strength | 4.5.2.7 | 5 | 5.5.2.7 |
Reaction to fire – ignitability | 4.6.2 | 6 | 5.6.2 |
Reaction to fire – single burning item | 4.6.2 | 3 samples of 2,25 m2 each | 5.6.2 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 28 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: beams and blocks – permanent lightweight formwork
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5 | 5.5.2.1 |
Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 3 | 5.5.2.2 |
Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 3 | 5.5.2.3 |
Transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 3 | 5.5.2.4 |
Reaction to fire – ignitability | 4.6.2 | 6 | 5.6.2 |
Reaction to fire – single burning item | 4.6.2 | 3 samples of 2,25 m2 each | 5.6.2 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 29— Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: box culverts
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing | 4.4 | - | 5.4.1 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 30 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: deck elements for bridges
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Table 31 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: cladding elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 3 | 5.7.1.1 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing | 4.7.1.2 | 3 | 5.7.1.2 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor -tabulated values | 4.7.1.3 | - | 5.7.1.3 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 32 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: fence elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
calculation aided by physical testing - fence elements - panels - loadbearing capacity | 4.4 |
| 5.4.2 |
calculation aided by physical testing - fence elements - posts – complementary loadbearing capacity | 4.4 |
| 5.4.2 |
calculation aided by physical testing - fence elements - posts - loadbearing capacity | 4.4 |
| 5.4.2 |
calculation aided by physical testing - fence element - rails | 4.4 |
| 5.4.2 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 33 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: floor plates for floor systems
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 34 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: floor slats for livestock
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
mechanical strength class - floor slats for livestock class | 4.5.5 | - | 4.5.5 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 35 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: foundation elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 36 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: foundation piles
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
mechanical strength - testing - piles - rigidity of joints class | 4.5.3 | 3 | 5.5.3 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 37 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: garage boxes
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 3 | 5.7.1.1 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing | 4.7.1.2 | 3 | 5.7.1.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 38 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: hollow core slabs
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Tensile splitting strength | 4.1.3 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
mechanical strength - testing - hollow core slabs - bending strength | 4.4 | - | 4.4 |
mechanical strength - testing - hollow core slabs – tensile strength | 4.4 | - | 4.4 |
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - hollow core slabs - shear capacity | 4.4 | - | 4.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 39 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: linear structural elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 40 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: loadbearing wall elements – solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 3 | 5.7.1.1 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing | 4.7.1.2 | 3 | 5.7.1.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 41 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: masts and poles
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - mast and poles - bending | 4.4 | 1 | 5.4.3 |
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - mast and poles - load bearing capacity | 4.4 | 1 | 5.4.3 |
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - mast and poles - torsion | 4.4 | 1 | 5.4.3 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 42 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: non-loadbearing wall elements – composite panels and partitions
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 3 | 5.7.1.1 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing | 4.7.1.2 | 3 | 5.7.1.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 43 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: retaining wall elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Water vapour permeability – equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 3 | 5.7.1.1 |
Water vapour permeability – resistance factor - testing | 4.7.1.2 | 3 | 5.7.1.2 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 44 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: ribbed floor elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 45 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Resistance to fire REI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 2 | 5.8.1 |
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | - | 5.8.2 |
Airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | - | 5.9.1 |
Airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 1 | 5.9.2 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 46 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: shuttering blocks
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water absorption of concrete | 4.1.8 | 2 | 5.1.8 |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks – flexural strength of shells | 4.5.4.1 | 6 | 5.5.4.1 |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks – tensile strength of webs | 4.5.4.2 | 6 | 5.5.4.2 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 47 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: woodchip shuttering blocks
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Water absorption | 4.1.6 | 2 | Annex F |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks – flexural strength of shells | 4.5.4.1 | 6 | 5.5.4.1 |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks – tensile strength of webs | 4.5.4.2 | 6 | 5.5.4.2 |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 2 | 5.6.1 |
Resistance to fire EI - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 48 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: stairs
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 2 | 5.1.1 |
Characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 2 | 5.1.2 |
Dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 2 | 5.1.3 |
Drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 2 | 5.1.5 |
Maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 1 | 5.1.6 |
Water penetration depth | 4.1.7 | 1 | 5.1.7 |
Elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.1 |
Elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.2 |
Stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.3 |
Tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.4 |
Ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | Supplier documentation | 5.2.5 |
Elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.1 |
Tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.2 |
Tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.3 |
Ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | Supplier documentation | 5.3.4 |
Resistance to fire R - testing | 4.6.3 | 1 for each resistance to fire class | 5.6.3 |
Impact noise transmission - calculation | 4.9.3 | - | 5.9.3 |
Impact noise transmission - testing | 4.9.4 | 1 | 5.9.4 |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 1 | 5.10.1 |
Table 49 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: dangerous substances – emission to indoor air
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Acetaldehyde | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Benzene | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Dibutyl phthalate | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Ethylhexyl phthalate | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Formaldehyde | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Toluene | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Trichlorethylene | 4.11.1 | 6 | 5.11.1 |
Table 50 — Number of specimens to be tested and assessment criteria: dangerous substances – leaching
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of specimens | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Antimony | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Arsenic | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Asbestos | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Barium | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Benzene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Bromine | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Cadmium | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Chlorine | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Chromium, total | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Cobalt | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Copper | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Ethylbenzene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Fluoride | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Lead | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Mercury | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Mineral oil | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Molybdenum | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Nickel | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Pcbs sum | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Phenol | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - anthracene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(a)anthracene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(a)pyrene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(ghi)perylene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(k)fluoranthene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - chrysene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - indeno (1,2,3cd) pyrene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - fluoranthene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - naphthalene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - phenantrene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - sum | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Selenium | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Sulphate | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Tin | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Toluene | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Vanadium | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Xylenes | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Zinc | 4.11.2 | 6 | 5.11.2 |
Table 51 — Number of samples to be tested and assessment criteria: life cycle assessment environmental characteristics
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of samples | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Reference service life | 4.12.1 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.1 |
climate change – total | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
climate change – fossil | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
climate change – biogenic | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
climate change - land use and land use change | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
ozone depletion | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
Acidification | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
eutrophication aquatic freshwater | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
eutrophication aquatic marine | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
eutrophication terrestrial | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
photochemical ozone formation | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
depletion of abiotic resources - minerals and metals | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
depletion of abiotic resources - fossil fuels | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
water use | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
particulate matter emissions | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
ionising radiation, human health | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
ecotoxicity (freshwater) | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
human toxicity, cancer effects | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
human toxicity, non- cancer effects | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
land use related impacts / soil quality | 4.12.2 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.2 |
Table 52 — Number of samples to be tested and assessment criteria: resource use environmental characteristics
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of samples | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
use of renewable primary energy excluding renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
use of renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
total use of renewable primary energy resources (primary energy and primary energy resources used as raw materials) | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
use of non-renewable primary energy excluding non-renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
use of non-renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
total use of non-renewable primary energy resources (primary energy and primary energy resources used as raw materials) | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
use of secondary material | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
use of renewable secondary fuels | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
use of non-renewable secondary fuels | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
net use of fresh water | 4.12.3 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.3 |
Table 53 — Number of samples to be tested and assessment criteria: waste environmental characteristics
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of samples | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
hazardous waste disposed | 4.12.4 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.4 |
non-hazardous waste disposed | 4.12.4 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.4 |
radioactive waste disposed | 4.12.4 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.4 |
Table 54 — Number of samples to be tested and assessment criteria: output flows environmental characteristics
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of samples | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
components for re-use | 4.12.5 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.5 |
materials for recycling | 4.12.5 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.5 |
materials for energy recovery | 4.12.5 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.5 |
exported energy | 4.12.5 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.5 |
Table 55 — Number of samples to be tested and assessment criteria: biogenic carbon environmental characteristics
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of samples | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
biogenic carbon content in product | 4.12.6 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.6 |
biogenic carbon content in accompanying packaging | 4.12.6 | modelling applicable to the product family | 5.12.6 |
Table 56 — Number of samples to be tested and assessment criteria: performances in attached documentation
Characteristic | Clause | Minimum No. of samples | Assessment methods and criteria |
---|---|---|---|
Structural behaviour | 4.13 | - | 5.13 |
6.2 Verification of constancy of performance
6.2.1 Factory production control (FPC)
General
An FPC system shall be established, documented, operated and maintained to ensure that the products placed on the market comply with the declared performance in relation to the essential characteristics.
The FPC system shall include at least the necessary checks related to the applicable essential characteristics. It shall consist of procedures, regular inspections and tests and/or assessments and the use of the results to control raw and other incoming materials or components, equipment, the production process and the product. Checks which are not related to a declared performance are not required.
The precast concrete products shall be protected from adverse weather conditions during production.
All the FPC system elements, requirements and provisions shall be documented in a systematic manner in the form of written policies and procedures.
The responsibility, authority and the relationship between personnel that manages, performs or verifies work affecting constancy of the performance of the product, shall be defined.
The qualification and competence (e.g. on the basis of education, training, skills, or experience) of personnel performing tasks affecting the assessment and verification of constancy of performance of the product shall be recorded.
Documents defining the factory production control system shall be drawn up and kept up to date. Documentation and procedures should be appropriate to the product and production process. The FPC system should achieve an appropriate level of confidence in the constancy of performance of the product. This involves:
a) the preparation of documented procedures and instructions relating to factory production control operations, in accordance with the technical specification to which reference is made;
b) the effective implementation of these procedures and instructions;
c) the recording of these operations and their results;
d) the use of these results to correct any deviations, correct the effects of such deviations, treat any resulting instances of non-constancy and, if necessary, revise the FPC to rectify the cause of non-constancy of performance.
Equipment
Testing
All weighing, measuring and testing equipment shall be calibrated and regularly inspected in accordance with documented procedures, frequencies and criteria.
Production
All equipment used in the production process shall be regularly inspected and maintained to ensure use, wear or failure does not cause inconsistency in the production process. Inspections and maintenance shall be carried out and recorded in accordance with written procedures and the records retained for the period defined in the FPC procedures.
Raw materials and components
The relevant specifications of all incoming raw materials and components shall be documented, as shall the inspection scheme for ensuring their compliance.
The declared performance of reinforcing steel for structural purposes shall not be altered by straightening, bending or welding operations.
When relevant, testing may be replaced with checks of the documents provided by the supplier.
For the inspection scheme, Tables 57 to 63 apply.
Table 57 — Inspection of incoming materials
SUBJECT | METHOD | MINIMUM FREQUENCY |
---|---|---|
All materials | Inspection prior to discharge of delivery ticket and/or label on the package showing compliance with the order | Each delivery |
Cement type | Supplier documentation check | Each delivery |
Alkali content of cement | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change in the cement used — At least once a year |
Cement strength class | Supplier documentation check | Each delivery |
Aggregates fines content | Sieve analysis according to EN 933‑1:2012 | — 1st delivery from new source — In case of doubt, following visual inspection — Periodically depending on local or delivery conditions |
Aggregates frost-resistance | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery from new source — In case of doubt, following visual inspection |
Content of solid material in water – water not taken from a public distribution system | EN 1008:2002 | — 1st use of new source — Water from open water course: 3 times a year, or more depending on local conditions — Other sources: once a year — In case of doubt |
Content of solid material in water – recycled water | Visual check for solid content and contaminants | Weekly |
EN 1008:2002 | In case of doubt | |
Fixings – Strength | Supplier documentation check | Each delivery |
Table 58 — Inspection of reinforcing steel
SUBJECT | METHOD | MINIMUM FREQUENCY |
---|---|---|
weldability | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
nominal cross-sectional area | Supplier documentation check | Each delivery |
bond strength | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
chemical composition | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
fatigue resistance | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
modulus of elasticity | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
surface geometry | Supplier documentation check | Each delivery |
protection | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
bending behaviour | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
reverse bending behaviour | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
lattice girders – strength of the welded joint | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
lattice girders – strength of anchorage of the diagonals by welding spot and bending | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
lattice girders – fatigue of anchorage of the diagonals by welding spot and bending | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
lattice girders – strength of a single spot weld | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
Table 59 — Inspection of prestressing steel
SUBJECT | METHOD | MINIMUM FREQUENCY |
---|---|---|
primary material - chemical content | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
primary material - upper limits steel pests | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
primary material - internal defects | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
surface conditions - profiled | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
surface conditions - threaded | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
surface conditions - roundness | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
cross section | Supplier documentation check | Each delivery |
constriction at break | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
elasticity modulus | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
fatigue resistance | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
relaxation behaviour | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
insensitivity to hydrogen-induced stress corrosion cracking | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
stress ratio | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
durability of the protection/greased | Supplier documentation check | — 1st delivery and when there is a change — In case of doubt |
Table 60 — Inspection of lattice girders made by the manufacturer – weld shear force
SUBJECT | METHOD | MINIMUM FREQUENCY |
---|---|---|
strength of the welded joint | EN ISO 15630-2:2019 | Not less than every 400 t of steel |
strength of anchorage of the diagonals by welding spot and bending | EN ISO 15630-2:2019 | Not less than every 400 t of steel |
fatigue of anchorage of the diagonals by welding spot and bending | EN ISO 15630-2:2019 | Not less than every 400 t of steel |
strength of a single spot weld | EN ISO 15630-2:2019 | Not less than every 400 t of steel |
Table 61 — Inspection of constituents – release of dangerous substances – leaching
SUBJECT | METHOD | MINIMUM FREQUENCY |
---|---|---|
Barium | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Chromium VI | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Chromium, total | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Cyanide | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Lead | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Mercury | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Selenium | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Thallium | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Vanadium | Supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change of a constituent |
Table 62 — Fresh concrete inspection
Subject | Method | Minimum frequency |
---|---|---|
Air content of normal weight concrete a | EN 12350-7:2019 | First batch of each production day until values stabilize |
Air content of lightweight concrete a | EN 12350-7:2019 | First batch of each production day until values stabilize |
Water/cement ratio | Calculation based on weighing (manufacturing or laboratory measurement) | Each production day per concrete family used |
Chloride content | Calculation based on the nominal concrete composition | In case of an increase in the chloride content of the constituents |
Silica fume content | Checking of actual concrete mix | Each production day per concrete family used |
Fly ash content | Checking of actual concrete mix | Each production day per concrete family used |
Other additions content | Checking of actual concrete mix | Each production day per concrete family used |
Recycled aggregate content | Checking of actual concrete mix | Each production day per concrete family used |
a Only for concrete containing entrained air |
Table 63 — Hardened concrete inspection
Subject | Method | Minimum frequency |
Compressive strength – concrete | Testing in accordance with 5.1.1 | Each five production days per concrete family used |
Compressive strength – lightweight concrete | Testing in accordance with 5.1.1 | Each five production days per concrete family used |
Air voids characteristics a | Air entraining admixture supplier documentation check | 1st delivery and when there is a change |
Water vapour permeability b | EN ISO 12572:2016 | Every 3 years per concrete family |
Dry density c | 5.1.4 | As frequently as mechanical strength test for the product |
Alkali sensitivity | Concrete composition check | Each production day for each type of concrete exposed to humid conditions with aggregates containing varieties of silica susceptible to attack by alkalies d |
Shrinkage b c | 5.1.5 | Every 3 years per concrete family |
a only for concrete containing entrained air b if not assessed as a separate essential characteristic c only for lightweight concrete d Na2O and K2O originating from cement, de-icing chemicals or other sources |
Traceability and marking
Individual products shall be identifiable and traceable with regard to the place of their production.
Written procedures ensuring that processes related to affixing traceability codes and/or markings are inspected regularly shall be maintained.
Product assessment and evaluation
Procedures to ensure that the performance in relation to the declared characteristics are maintained shall be established. The characteristics, and the means of control, are included in Table 64 and 65. When relevant, the checks listed in Table 64 may be made on positioned reinforcement before casting.
Table 64 — Detailing and concrete cover
Characteristic | Clause | Assessment method | Validation criteria | Recommended minimum number of samples | Recommended minimum frequency of control |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Hollow-core slabs – cross section, length, angled slab ends, concrete cover | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element of every concrete cross section, including at least 1 element per machine | Every 2 production weeks |
Floor slats for livestock | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 for each size produced by each production line | Every production day with a minimum of 1 per 100 slats |
Foundation piles – total length | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 for each casting line and any type of product | Every month |
Foundation piles – straightness | 4.13 | Visual inspection | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 for each casting line | Daily |
Foundation piles – other dimensions | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 for each casting line | Every month |
Fence elements | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element for each type of element | Every 2 000 elements |
Fence elements – Concrete cover | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 2 element for each type of element | Every 7 500 elements |
Masts and poles | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every product |
Ribbed floor elements – skewness, lateral bow, angle deviation of rib | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every month |
Ribbed floor elements – main dimensions | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every 10 elements or every casting line |
Linear structural elements – Total length | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every 10 elements or every casting line |
Linear structural elements – vertical deflection (camber) | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every month |
Linear structural elements – Other tolerances | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every month for every casting line |
Solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements – Length, thickness, concrete cover | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every 10 elements |
Solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements – Camber | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every month or 1/100 elements |
Solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements – Other tolerances | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every year or 1/600 elements |
Floor plates for floor systems | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element taken at random, every time a different type | Every 5 production days |
Garage boxes made with moulds with invariable dimensions | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 garage | Every 100 garages per mould with a minimum of 1 per mould per year, and After installation of a new mould or after major modifications |
Garage boxes made with moulds with variable dimensions | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 garage | Every 20 garages of the same type, with a minimum of 1 per year per type produced that year, and 1st garage after an alteration of the dimensions |
Stairs | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 stair | Every 10 per model manufactured |
Foundation elements | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every production day with at least 1 element per type each 5 production days |
Loadbearing wall elements – Dimensions, warping, straightness and camber | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every 10 elements and at least 1 for each casting line |
Non-load bearing wall elements – Dimensions, warping, straightness and camber | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every 10 elements and at least 1 for each casting line |
Beams and blocks - beams | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 beam taken at random, every time a different type | Every 5 production days with a minimum of 1 each week |
Beams and blocks – concrete blocks | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 6 blocks of every type and class | Every 4 000 m3 per machine, or every 30 000 operations per machine, and in the event of a change of the mould |
Beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 6 blocks of every type and class | Every 4 000 m3 per machine, or every 30 000 operations per machine, and in the event of a change of the mould |
beams and blocks – clay blocks | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 3 blocks | Every week |
Beams and blocks – EPS blocks – Straightness and warping | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 6 blocks of every family | Every year |
Beams and blocks – EPS blocks – Other tolerances | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 block per family | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks – blocks – permanent lightweight formwork – Straightness and warping | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 6 blocks of every family | Every year |
Beams and blocks – blocks – permanent lightweight formwork – Other tolerances | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 block per family | Every manufacturing batch a |
Deck elements for bridges | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element taken at random, every time a different type | Every 5 production days |
Retaining wall elements | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element taken at random, every time a different type if applicable | Every week |
Solid slabs – Main dimensions | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 slab taken at random, every time a different type | Each 5 production days |
Shuttering blocks | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 block per machine and type of block | Every week |
Woodchip shuttering blocks | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 block per machine and type of block | Every week |
Solid slabs – in case of use for balconies – Main dimensions | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every production day, at least every 10 elements |
HVAC flue elements | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Every production day, at least every 10 elements |
Junction boxes | 4.13 | Annex E | Compliance with drawing and tolerances | 1 element | Twice a year per type |
a A batch of blocks is defined by: (a) a same reference of raw material; (b) similar parameters and conditions of expansion for EPS; (c) similar parameters and conditions of moulding; (d) for EPS, an expanded volume which does not exceed 1 000 m3. |
Table 65 — Other characteristics
Characteristic | Clause | Assessment method | Validation criteria | Recommended minimum number of samples | Recommended minimum frequency of control |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Fence elements – Mechanical strength – Testing | 4.4 | Annex B | Compliance with the specifications for the manufacturer’s declared mechanical resistance properties | 2 element for each type of element | Every 7 500 elements |
Beams and blocks - concrete blocks – R1 blocks – Resistance to concentrated loads – Punching-bending strength | 4.5.2.1 | Annex H, H.1 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class | Every 5 production days and on different days, or Every 1 000 m3/machine, or Every 8 000 operations per machine, And in the event of major change in manufacturing parameters |
Beams and blocks - concrete blocks – R2 blocks – Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | Annex H, H.2 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class, per machine | Every 5 production days and on different days, or Every 1 000 m3, or Every 8 000 operation, And in the event of major change in manufacturing parameters |
Beams and blocks - concrete blocks – Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | Annex H, H.3 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class, per machine | Every 5 production days and on different days, or Every 1 000 m3, or Every 8 000 operations, And in the event of major change in manufacturing parameters |
Beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks – R1 blocks – Resistance to concentrated loads – Punching-bending strength | 4.5.2.1 | Annex H, H.1 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class | Every 5 production days and on different days, or Every 1 000 m3/machine, or Every 8 000 operations per machine, And in the event of major change in manufacturing parameters |
Beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks – R2 blocks – Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | Annex H, H.2 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class, per machine | Every 5 production days and on different days, or Every 1 000 m3, or Every 8 000 operation, And in the event of major change in manufacturing parameters |
Beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks – Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | Annex H, H.3 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class, per machine | Every 5 production days and on different days, or Every 1 000 m3, or Every 8 000 operations, And in the event of major change in manufacturing parameters |
Beams and blocks - clay blocks – R1 blocks – Resistance to concentrated loads - Punching-bending strength | 4.5.2.1 | Annex H, H.1 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class | Every month, or Every 4 000 m3, or Every 1 000 m3 for productions inferior to 4 000 m3 |
Beams and blocks - clay blocks – R2 blocks – Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | Annex H, H.2 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class | Every month, or Every 4 000 m3, or Every 1 000 m3 for productions inferior to 4 000 m3 |
Beams and blocks - clay blocks – Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | Annex H, H.3 | Compliance with declared class | 3 blocks for each type and class | Every month, or Every 4 000 m3, or Every 1 000 m3 for productions inferior to 4 000 m3 |
Beams and blocks - EPS blocks – R1 blocks – Resistance to concentrated loads - Punching-bending strength | 4.5.2.1 | Annex H, H.1 | Compliance with declared class | Non-restrained test on 5 blocks for each type and class Or when relevant: Restrained test on 5 blocks and non-restrained test on 2 blocks | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks - EPS blocks – R2 blocks – Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | Annex H, H.2 | Compliance with declared class | 5 blocks for each type and class | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks - EPS blocks – Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | Annex H, H.3 | Compliance with declared class | 5 blocks for each type and class | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks - EPS blocks – Thermal conductivity – Testing | 4.8.1 | EN 12667:2001 | Compliance with declared value | 1 | Every production day and at least 1 per batch a |
Direct testing: EN 12667:2001 Indirect testing: mass | Compliance with declared value | 1 | Direct: every 3 months Indirect: every 2 h | ||
Direct testing: EN 12667:2001 Indirect testing: other test method | Compliance with declared value | 1 | Direct: every 3 months Indirect: every week | ||
Direct testing: EN 12667:2001 Indirect testing: density with correlation | Compliance with declared value | 1 | Direct: every year Indirect: every 2 h | ||
Beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork – R1 blocks – Resistance to concentrated loads - Punching-bending strength | 4.5.2.1 | Annex H, H.1 | Compliance with declared class | 5 blocks for each type and class | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork – R2 blocks – Bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | Annex H, H.2 | Compliance with declared class | 5 blocks for each type and class | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork – Longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | Annex H, H.3 | Compliance with declared class | 5 blocks for each type and class | Every manufacturing batch a |
Beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork – Mass | 4.10.1 | 5.5 | Compliance with declared performance | 3 blocks per type and class | Every manufacturing batch a |
Fence elements – Mechanical strength – Testing | 4.4 | Annex B | Compliance with declared performance | 2 elements for each type of element for fences | Every 7 500 elements |
Shuttering blocks – Flexural strength of shells | 4.5.4.1 | Annex I | Compliance with declared performance | 1 block per machine and type of block | Every week |
Shuttering blocks – Tensile strength of webs | 4.5.4.2 | Annex I | Compliance with declared performance | 1 block per machine and type of block | Every week |
Woodchip shuttering blocks – Flexural strength of shells | 4.5.4.1 | Annex I | Compliance with declared performance | 1 block per machine and type of block | Every week |
Woodchip shuttering blocks – Tensile strength of webs | 4.5.4.2 | Annex I | Compliance with declared performance | 1 block per machine and type of block | Every week |
Foundation elements – Internal surface characteristics in case of pockets with keyed surfaces | 4.13 | Visual inspection | Compliance with declared performance | 1 element | Every production day with at least 1 element per type each 5 production days If treated after production: every production day per roughening process |
a a batch of blocks is defined by: (a) a same reference of raw material; (b) similar parameters and conditions of expansion for EPS; (c) similar parameters and conditions of moulding; (d) for EPS, an expanded volume which does not exceed 1 000 m3 |
Evaluation of attached documentation
Procedures to ensure that the attached documentation provided is maintained shall be established including, when applicable:
— geometrical characteristic, drawings and description of the materials used;
— structural behaviour;
— fatigue resistance;
— earthquake resistance;
— fire resistance; and
— durability.
6.2.2 Initial inspection of factory and of FPC
General
Initial inspection of factory and of FPC shall be carried out when the production process has been finalized and in operation. The factory and FPC documentation shall be assessed to verify that the provisions of clauses 6.3.1.2 to 6.3.1.6 are fulfilled.
During the inspection it shall be verified:
a) that all resources necessary for the assessment of the performance in relation to the product characteristics to be declared by the manufacturer are in place and correctly implemented, and
b) that the FPC-procedures in accordance with the FPC documentation are followed in practice.
All locations where final assembly or at least final testing of the relevant product is performed, shall be assessed to verify that the above conditions a) and b) are in place and implemented. If the FPC system covers more than one product, production line or production process, and it is verified that the general provisions are fulfilled when assessing one product, production line or production process, the assessment of the general provisions does not need to be repeated when assessing the FPC for another product, production line or production process.
All assessments and their results shall be documented in the initial inspection report.
Performances in attached documentation of the product
In case performances are provided in attached documentation according to clause 6.3.1.5, during the inspection it shall be verified a documented FPC system in accordance with this European standard is established, used and maintained, ensuring:
a) the correct selection of representative samples.
b) the correct determination of constituent product and material properties necessary as input for calculations, for the individual products manufactured.
c) adequate equipment and competent personnel to perform correct calculations.
d) that the calculation has been performed, that its basis is correct, and that the method, process and results used as a basis for determination of performances are adequately documented and registered.
e) that only sufficiently documented and validated software and properly functioning computer equipment are used, and that adequate measures of data protection and integrity are in place, in the case of electronic processing and reporting.
6.2.3 Initial inspection of factory to validate environmental sustainability company specific data
Initial inspection of factory shall be carried out when the production process has been finalized and in operation. The factory documentation shall be assessed to verify that environmental sustainability company specific data is correct and representative.
During the inspection it shall be verified that all resources necessary for the collection of environmental sustainability data in relation to the product characteristics to be declared by the manufacturer are in place and correctly implemented.
All locations where environmental sustainability company specific data is collected shall be assessed to verify that the above conditions are in place and implemented. If the environmental sustainability company specific data covers more than one product, production line or production process, and it is verified that the general provisions are fulfilled when assessing one product, production line or production process, the assessment of the general provisions does not need to be repeated when assessing the environmental sustainability company specific data for another product, production line or production process.
All assessments and their results shall be documented in the initial inspection report.
6.2.4 Continuous surveillance of FPC
Surveillance of the FPC shall be undertaken at least once per year. The surveillance of the FPC shall include a review of the FPC test plan(s) and production processes(s) for each product family to determine if any changes have been made since the last assessment or surveillance. The significance of any changes shall be assessed.
Checks shall be made to ensure that the test plans are still correctly implemented, and that the production equipment is still correctly maintained, checked and, if necessary calibrated at appropriate time intervals.
Where relevant, the records of tests and measurement made during the production process and to finished products shall be reviewed to ensure that the values obtained still correspond with those values for the samples submitted to the determination of the product-type and that the correct actions have been taken for removing non-compliance.
In case performances are provided in attached documentation according to clause 6.3.1.5, assessment that the procedures to develop the attached documentation remain valid and are properly used and documented in the FPC system.
6.2.5 Environmental sustainability assessment validation
Environmental sustainability assessment shall be validated. Validation shall include a review of the determination of the performance according to 6.2.2 for the characteristics related to environmental sustainability.
The records of input values and assumptions shall be reviewed to validate that they correspond to the product-type.
The correct application of EN 15804:2012+A2:2019, EN 16757:2022 and the specific provisions in this document shall be reviewed to validate that they are properly used.
The process and any software used for the assessment shall be reviewed to validate that the results are consistent and correct and provide conservative results in case of high variability of input values or modelling options.
The test is designed to reproduce, simultaneously, the maximum bending moments for service conditions in the main sections of the box. These main sections are mid-span of roof slab, mid-span of floor slab and corners.
- Limit of use of this test
The configuration of loading and bearing (see Figure A.1 below) creates linear and negative bending moment (external fibre under tension) in all the walls. Therefore, this test is not sufficient in the particular case of service conditions where the walls are subjected to positive bending moments, which can exceed the capacity of the minimum inner wall reinforcement (where positive wall moments are required the testing system will need to be modified to achieve these moments. Alternatively, the units can be retested turned through 90° to their in-use orientation).
- Test arrangements
Key
wa | support spacing (m) |
wp | loading beam spacing (m) |
F | total test load (kN/m) |
Figure A.1 — Test arrangements
The supports and loading beams shall be placed symmetrically about the centre line of the culvert unit. Suitable soft packing material shall be introduced between the concrete surfaces and the beams.
- Test criteria
Parameters wa, wp and F shall be adjusted to verify that the following criteria are simultaneously achieved:
— maximum positive service moment at mid span of the roof (internal fibre under tension);
— maximum positive service moment at mid span of the floor (internal fibre under tension);
— maximum negative service moment in the upper corners (external fibre under tension);
— maximum negative service moment in the lower corners (external fibre under tension).
The wa, wp and F parameters are independent of the wall thickness and the corner splay dimensions.
- Definition of the dimensional parameters
Key
We | width between neutral fibres (m) |
He | height between neutral fibres (m) |
Figure A.2 — Definition of the dimensional parameters
The dimensional parameters are defined as shown in Figure A.2. Test conditions are valid for all boxes which have the same dimensions We and He and have the same service conditions.
We take:
- Definition of the main sections
The main sections are defined as shown in Figure A.3.
Key
1 | roof |
2 | floor |
3 | upper corners |
4 | lower corners |
Figure A.3 — Definition of the main sections
- Determination of the test parameters (wp, wa, F)
Given that generally:
M(Si) | moment due to test load in the section Si; |
M1, M2 | max. positive moment in sections S1, S2 respectively; |
M3, M4 | max. negative moment in sections S3, S4 respectively; |
f(Si) | reduced moment in the section Si. |
Moment due to test load F in the section Si is given by:
(A.1)
The material resistance theory gives the calculation of the reduced moment f(Si) in accordance with the dimensions:
(A.2)
(A.3)
(A.4)
(A.5)
Taking the section Si corresponding to the minimum of negative service moments between M3 (upper corner) and M4 (lower corner), and the section Sk as corresponding to the maximum of M3 and M4. Then parameters (wp, wa, F) are adjusted to verify the following formulas:
(A.6)
(A.7)
(A.8)
Furthermore, to ensure that section Sk is at least submitted during testing to Mk, the parameters (wp, wa, F) solutions of the previous formulas may be recalculated in accordance with the following conditions:
If then (wp, wa, F) are retained.
Otherwise, if then parameters (wp, wa, F) are recalculated in order to verify the following formulas:
(A.9)
(A.10)
(A.11)
Calculations show that the criteria in section Sj are then automatically verified, i.e.:
(A.12)
Finally, the load for the whole box is obtained by multiplying F by the serviceable length of the box.
- Test method
The test shall be performed by applying the calculated load Fcalc, using the support and load spacings wa and wp. A minimum of three tests loadings is to be conducted for each culvert of a similar size. The crack shall be measured using a crack width microscope or a feeler gauge.
The test shall then continue until ultimate collapse and the ultimate load (maximum value indicated by the testing equipment) Ffailure measured.
- Interpretation of the test results
The test shall be considered valid if, under the load Fcalc, no crack, measured over a 300 mm length, exceeds 0,3 mm, in all main sections.
The failure load Ffailure is compared to Fult, where Fult is the ultimate load capacity calculated with the actual properties of materials used in the specimen. The ratio Ffailure / Fult shall be at least equal to 0,95. The mean ratio of all tests shall be not less than 1,0.
(normative)
Loadbearing capacity testing of fence elements- Test method for loadbearing capacity
- Apparatus
- Test method for loadbearing capacity
A testing machine complying with EN 12390‑4:2025, Class 3 minimum.
- Test piece
A test piece shall consist of one complete element.
- Testing of posts
- Principle
- Testing of posts
Each element is tested in horizontal position. The test load is applied at the midpoint of the above-ground length and in the direction of wind loading, as shown in Figure B.1.
The weight of the post shall be taken into consideration.
- Procedure
Each element shall undergo the following operations:
— measure the appropriate distance for the application of loads;
— clamp the post horizontally at its lower end so that the free length of the posts equals its above-ground length Lhs when in service;
— apply the load at the distance Le ± 20 mm from the clamped end;
— increase the load at a rate of 100 N/s ± 20 N/s;
— record the failure load R.
Dimensions in millimetres
a)
b)
Key
1 | raising |
Figure B.1 — Testing of post
- Expression of results
Note down the total length of the post, the above-ground length Lhs, the mass per length mp, the distance Le.
On the basis of the failure load R recorded, calculate the real failure load RR:
(B.1)
where
R | is the failure load recorded, in newtons; |
mp | is the mass of the post per metre of length, in newtons by metre; |
Lhs | is the above-ground height of posts in metres; for posts with cranked extensions for anti-intruder fence, Lhs is the height of the straight part of the fence, in metres. |
- Testing of panels
Lay the element horizontally over two supports separated by a distance d which is the total length Lt of the panel minus a conventional value of 50 mm at each end (to represent the overlap of the panel in the post). Then apply the load at a rate of 100 N/s ± 20 N/s, over the whole width of the element and over a length of 300 mm, as shown in Figure B.2.
Record the failure load, in newtons.
Dimensions in millimetres
Key
1 | packing piece (wood) |
2 | load |
Figure B.2 — Testing of panels
For the base panel with a coping, the load is applied by interposing a hard piece of wood having a thickness equal to the one of the coping (tests for factory production control can be carried out on solid panels).
- Testing of rails
Lay the element horizontally over two supports which are separated by a distance d which is the total length Lt of the rail minus a conventional value of 50 mm at each end (to represent the overlap of the panel in the rail). Rest the element on the two supports in accordance with the conditions in use, either on one side or, suitably secured, on one edge as shown in Figure B.3.
Apply the load at a rate of 100 N/s ± 20 N/s, over the whole thickness and over a length of 450 mm, as shown in Figure B.4.
Record the failure load, in newtons.
Key
1 | complementary forms in hard wood |
2 | rails |
Figure B.3 — Examples of complementary forms in hard wood
Dimensions in millimetres
Key
1 | packing (wood) |
2 | load |
Figure B.4 — Testing of rails
- Test method for complementary loadbearing capacity
- Apparatus
- Test method for complementary loadbearing capacity
A testing machine complying with standard EN 12390‑4:2025, Class 3 minimum.
- Test piece
A test piece shall consist of one complete element.
- Testing of posts
- Principle
- Testing of posts
Each element is tested in horizontal position. The test load is applied at the midpoint of the above-ground length and in the direction of wind loading, as shown in Figure B.1.
The weight of the post shall be taken into consideration.
So, each test load to be applied (CES and CER) is calculated as follows:
Ce = C – (mp × Lhs)
with
where
Ce | is the test load to be applied, in newtons (Ces = test service load, Cer = test failure load); |
C | is the normal load specified, except for straining posts for which the normal values shall be multiplied by 1,5, in newtons; |
mp | is the weight of the post per metre of length, in newtons per metre; |
Lhs | is the fence height (in metres) which the post in question is intended to support, excluding any barbed wire extensions; |
Le | is the distance between the embedding of the post and the point of application of load, in metres. |
EXAMPLE For a post with Lhs = 2,5 m and mp = 400 N/m:
a) the weight of the post out of embedding will be mp x Lhs = 1 000 N;
b) for the following specified loads:
1) normal service load is 4 000 N;
2) normal failure load is 7 200 N.
The test loads to apply are:
— test service load Ces = 4 000 N – 1 000 N = 3 000 N;
— test failure load Cer = 7 200 N – 1 000 N = 6 200 N.
- Procedure
Each element shall undergo the following operations:
— measure the appropriate distance for the application of test loads;
— calculate the test loads Ces (service) and Cer (failure);
— clamp the post horizontally at its lower end so that the free length of the posts equals its above-ground length Lhs when in service;
— from the top of the post, measure height h1, as shown in Figure B.1 and record it;
— apply the load at the distance Le from the clamped end;
— increase the load at a rate of 100 N/s ± 20 N/s, up to CES;
— release the load and record any persistent crack;
— from the top of the post, measure height h2 and record it;
— reload at a rate of 100 N/s ± 20 N/s until failure occurs;
— record the failure load R.
- Expression of results
Note down the total length of the post, the above-ground length Lhs, the mass per length mp, the distance Le and the corresponding values for Ces and Cer.
Calculate the deflection f as a percentage as follows:
where
h1 | is the distance between the ground level and the lower face of the post before loading in millimetres; |
h2 | is the distance between the ground level and the lower face of the post after release of the normal service load, in millimetres; |
Lhs | is the fence height (in metres) which the post in question is intended to support, excluding any barbed wire extensions. |
On the basis of the failure load R recorded, calculate the real failure load RR:
where
R | is the failure load recorded, in newtons; |
mp | is the mass of the post per metre of length, in newtons by metre; |
Lhs | is the above-ground height of posts specified in metres; for posts for anti-intruder fence, Lhs is the height of the straight part of the fence, in metres. |
- Testing of panels
Apply the same method as B.1.4.
- Testing of rails
Apply the same method as B.1.5.
For the verification by testing of a calculation method, the test method described in C.2. and C.3 shall be applied. The age of the tested poles shall not be less than 28 days (which is the recommended age) and not be more than 40 days.
The test is composed of:
— actions and deflections measured during bending moment testing stages;
— load when the first transversal crack appears in case of prestressed concrete;
— place of section crack (when required);
— ultimate load;
— ultimate torsional load.
Results are compared with the criteria derived from the calculation.
- Bending test
- Testing device
- Bending test
The test shall be carried out on a horizontal pole, rigidly embedded in accordance with the specified embedment test length and cross section, resting on mobile supports that shall avoid effects due to its weight and allow its free movement.
Unless otherwise specified, loads shall be applied at 90° (±5°) of the non-deformed central axis of the pole extremity, i.e. on the arc of the deformed pole as shown in Figure C.1. The loading speed, applied under force control, shall be limited to 100 N/s without any shock or impact. An accuracy of ±3 % is required on the applied test loads and on the measured deflections.
- Elastic test
Carry out the load application as follows:
— Stage 0, stabilization stage.
Before measuring, a force F0 to stabilize the embedment is applied in accordance to the specified value.
— Stage 1, elastic stage.
Apply successively at least two other forces (F1 < F2) and release them. The deflection f shall be measured (at the nearest mm) in the same direction as the applied force, between zero position (after stage zero) and the position under F.
The report shall give all the values F and the corresponding deflections f measured. Figure C.2 gives an example of diagram showing the forces F0, F1, F2 with the corresponding deflections f0, f1, f2.
The values measured shall be compared with the results of the calculation method, these values shall be inside the specified tolerances.
Figure C.1 — Bending test principle
Key
X | force |
Y | deflection |
F0 | zero position |
Figure C.2 — Elastic bending test
- Loadbearing capacity test
The test shall be carried out with the testing device as defined in C.2.1.
Before test, a force F0 to stabilize the embedment is applied in accordance with the product specification.
The force F shall be applied up to the ultimate force (Fu) which is the maximum force measured by the testing device.
The result shall be the force Fu corresponding to the ultimate value in kN.
- Torsion test
- Requirements for testing device
- Torsion test
The test shall be carried out on a pole in horizontal position, rigidly embedded in accordance with the specified embedment test length and cross section (see Figure C.3). The top of the pole shall be free to rotate, and deflection shall be avoided. The increase of the torsion moment shall be limited to 100 Nm/s without any shock or impact. An accuracy of ±3 % shall be required on the applied test loads.
Figure C.3 — Torsion test principle
- Test method
The torsional moment shall be applied at 0,25 m from the top. The torsional moment shall be applied up to the ultimate value which is the maximum value measured by the testing device.
The result shall be the moment corresponding to the ultimate value in kNm.
Because of the 3-dimensionnal shape of the blocks, and since their use in a horizontal position (as testing in accordance with EN 13823:2020+A1:2022 is made on vertical samples), this procedure is applied to determine the reaction fire for thin lightweight blocks with an adaptation of EN 13823:2020+A1:2022.
- Terminology
Extended application: the outcome of a process (involving the application of defined rules that may incorporate calculation procedures) that predicts, for a variation of a product property and/or its intended use application(s), a test result on the basis of one or more tests to the same test standard.
- Mounting and fixing
- General
- Mounting and fixing
The mounting and fixing rules for this product are simplified with a test on plane sheet as in EN 13823:2020+A1:2022, 5.2.2 h) and with vertical joints as in EN 13823:2020+A1:2022, 5.2.2 e), edge to edge.
- Dimensions of test rig
The test rig consists of a corner with a long (1 000 mm) and a short (495 mm) wing, both 1 500 mm high.
The vertical joints on the long wing are positioned as defined in Figure D.1.
Dimensions in millimetres
Key
1 | long wing | 3 | short wing |
2 | vertical joints (or vertical joint) | t | thickness of the assembly |
Figure D.1 — Positioning of joints in EN 13823 on the long wing
- Test specimen
Depending on the end use applications, the product parameter variables shall be defined, and tests conducted to determine the influences of these variables on classification. For example, the influences of different thicknesses, densities or colours shall be determined by following the rules given below in D.4.
The test specimen shall be constituted as described in D.3.4. The type and characteristics of materials and products used shall be recorded in the test report.
- Mounting and fixing of the test assembly
When testing to EN 13823:2020+A1:2022, the test assembly shall be as representative as possible of end use conditions. In practise, concrete is poured onto the lightweight block. The test assembly shall consist of flat sheets of the same material as the one of the lightweight block onto which A1 concrete is poured. The total thickness should not exceed 35 mm because of the weight of the whole assembly.
NOTE An A1 concrete contains less than 1 % in weight or volume (according to the lowest value) of organic material distributed in a homogeneous way.
The concrete aggregates should not exceed 10 mm diameter. Concrete may be reinforced with steel bars or mesh. The test can be carried out after the age of 28 days.
The flat sheets can be obtained by assembled units whose standard surface is not less than 1 200 cm2 for the current elements.
The backing board shall then be placed against the assembly, without any air gap between the assembly and the backing board.
Figure D.2 gives an example of mounting and fixing:
Key
1 | concrete |
2 | edge to edge joint |
3 | assembled units forming a flat sheet |
Figure D.2 — Example of mounting and fixing arrangement in EN 13823
The assembly may be prepared and fixed together away from the test chamber. The complete assembly can then be transported to the chamber. The tests shall be carried out at the earliest 28 days after the casting of the concrete.
- End Use Application Rules
- General
- End Use Application Rules
The conditions of the test influence the classification of the product or the family of the product and the possible uses in building construction. When determining the testing programme all aspects of the product in terms of its own parameters and its end-use parameters need to be considered. For this construction product, the following provides guidance on the potential end-use application rules which may apply depending on the testing programme undertaken.
- Air gap
The test assembly shall avoid any air gap.
- Substrate
The test configuration validates the use of any A1 concrete, eventually reinforced, poured onto the lightweight block.
- Influence of the thickness
The lightweight block has a 3-dimensional shape; its thickness may be not constant. The tests shall be conducted on flat sheets with lowest thickness (a full test is constituted of tests on three different samples) and the highest thickness (a full test is constituted of tests on three different samples) of the lightweight block that will be classified. The lowest classification obtained applies for the lightweight block.
- Influence of the density of the material
For on type of material, if the tests conducted the minimum density (a full test is constituted of tests on three different samples) and the maximum density (a full test is constituted of tests on three different samples) yield the same classification, the classification will apply for the intermediate densities.
- Influence of the formulation
Each different formulation shall be evaluated.
- Influence of colour
One indicative test shall be conducted on three different colours. If the tests conducted on the darkest, lightest and mid-range colours yield the same classification that classification will apply to all colours. If different classifications are obtained, additional testing should be conducted to redefine the product family to which a single classification applies.
- Influence of other variables
Other variable parameters such as texture and grain are to be addressed in a similar manner to the above.
- Additional conditions for polypropylene blocks
Figure D.3 gives an example of joint system.
— Thickness for test assembly: ±3 mm;
— flatness defaults: 3 mm with the straightedge of 20 cm length on the flatness of the exposed face;
— straightness of the edges of the sample: 2 mm for straightness of edges corresponding to the joint and 3 mm in other cases.
Key
1 | concrete |
2 | flat sheets assembled together |
Figure D.3 — Example of joint system
Thickness of the units constituting the flat sheet: thickness is measured in different points (see Figure D.4). Each effective individual value shall meet the aimed thickness with a tolerance of ±0,1 mm.
Key
1 | position of the measure of the thickness |
Figure D.4 — Example of measure sharing out of a single unit
When the flat plates are made from heat-welded single units, the over-thickness found straight above the joint on each sides shall not exceed the maximum thickness of the relief of the considered face.
The age of the product and the ambient temperature at the time of measurement shall be recorded with the measurement results.
- Length, height, width and thickness
As shown in Figure E.1, dimensions should not be measured along the edges.
Dimensions in millimetres
Key
b | width |
1 | either - or |
Figure E.1 — Measuring points for length, height, width and thickness
- Warp and straightness
Warp and straightness should be measured as shown in Figure E.2.
Figure E.2 — Measurement of warp and straightness
- Out of squareness
Figure E.3 — Measurement of diagonals
The tolerance specification should be given as the difference in length between the two diagonals d1 – d2 as shown in Figure E.3.
- Surface characteristics
For the specification of the surface characteristics of a finished product, reference should be made to the vocabulary defined in Figure E.4.
Specially treated surfaces, such as with exposed aggregate, polished, cast against a matrix, etc. are not covered by these tolerance recommendations.
Key
1 | recess | 4 | ridge |
2 | lump | 5 | step discontinuity |
3 | groove | 6 | undulation |
Figure E.4 — Definitions of surface characteristics
Dimensions in millimetres
Key
1 | lump: d0 – d2 recess: d3 – d0 | 2 | ridge: d1 – d2 groove: d3 – d1 | 3 4 | step discontinuity: d2 – d1 undulation: d1 – d2 |
The ruler should be shifted to find the largest lump and recess. | The largest value of the differences is governing. | To be measured at the highest and lowest point within the ruler. |
Figure E.5 — Measurement of surface characteristics
The distance d0 given in Figure E.5 is from the concrete surface at the location of the support of the reference ruler to the ruler. In most cases this will be the height of the supporting piece.
- Angular deviation
Angular deviation lateral bow, camber and sag should be measured as shown in Figure E.6.
Key
h | height | 2 | camber |
b | width | 3 | sag |
1 | angular deviation | 4 | lateral bow |
Figure E.6 — Measurement of angular deviation, lateral bow, camber and sag
For foundation piles, the measurement of perpendicularity of the pile top, pile bottom or pile joint against pile axis shall be made as follows:
A square (longer arm at least 800 mm) rests against spacers so that longer arm is against one of the longitudinal moulded surface of the pile, see Figure E.7. The angular deviation of the pile top, pile bottom or pile joint against one of the longitudinal moulded surface is determined as shown in Figure E.7. Distance reading of the measuring point shall be measured with an accuracy of 0,2 mm. Angular deviation is distance reading of the measuring point (thickness of the spacer subtracted) divided with a distance between corner A and measuring point.
Measurements of angular deviation shall be done in two directions (e.g. horizontal and vertical direction as shown in Figure E.8).
NOTE Measuring equipment which measures angular deviation in two directions same time can be used.
Results of angular deviation in both directions are recorded. Test result is the greater value.
Figure E.7 — Measurement of angular deviation
Figure E.8 — An example to measure angular deviation in two directions
- Dimensions and tolerances of blocks for beam-and-block floor systems
- General
- Dimensions and tolerances of blocks for beam-and-block floor systems
Measure the following dimensions with an accuracy of 1,0 mm, after removal of any burr that could induce measurement errors. For each dimension, the test result is the mean value of the two measurements.
- Procedure
a) Width
Take the two measurements as shown in Figure E.9 (the larger width).
For R2 blocks, the width of the bottom part lb shall also be measured.
a) Concrete and clay block | b) EPS block |
c) lightweight blocks |
Figure E.9 — Measurement of width
b) Length
Take the two measurements as shown in Figure E.10.
a) Concrete and clay block | b) EPS block |
c) lightweight blocks |
Figure E.10 — Measurement of length
c) Height
Take the two measurements as shown in Figure E.11.
a) Concrete and clay block | b) EPS block |
c) lightweight block |
Figure E.11 — Measurement of height
d) Height above the beam support (EPS and lightweight blocks)
Measure the height above beam support of each end section as shown in Figure E.12.
a) EPS block
b) lightweight blocks
Figure E.12 — Measurement of the height above beam support
e) Thickness of the top flange (concrete and clay blocks)
Take two measurements: one in the middle of each end (see Figure E.13).
Figure E.13 — Measurement of thickness of the top flange
f) Thickness of the webs (concrete and clay blocks) and shells (clay blocks)
Take four measurements: two at each end of both sides (see Figure E.14).
Figure E.14 — Measurement of thickness of the web
g) Width and depth of the nib
— Concrete and clay blocks: place the block on a level horizontal surface (the flatness shall be controlled). Take two measurements: one in the middle of each side. Repeat the operation to measure depth.
— EPS and lightweight blocks: measure the width and the height of each support nib (when relevant) in the vicinity of each end section as shown in Figure E.15.
a) EPS block
b) lightweight blocks
Figure E.15 — Measurement of width and height of the nib
h) Straightness of the nib
Measure the straightness of the edge of each nib to the nearest 0,5 mm over their entire length, in the two directions specified in Figure E.16. The bow is the maximum distance between the edge and a reference straight line (ruler, stretched wire, etc.).
For lightweight blocks, when relevant, the measurement in the vertical plane shall be obtained with a pressure on the top of the block which does not exceed more than 50 Newtons per meter of block length.
Key
1 | measurement direction in the horizontal plane |
2 | measurement direction in the vertical plane |
Figure E.16 — Straightness of the nib
i) Width and height of the chamfer (EPS and lightweight blocks)
Measure the width lc and the height hc of each chamfer in the vicinity of each end section as shown in Figure E.17.
a) EPS block
b) lightweight blocks
Figure E.17 — Measurement of the width and the height of the chamfer
j) Width and height of the rebate
Measure the width lr and height hr of each rebate in the vicinity of each end section of the block as shown in Figure E.18.
a) EPS block | b) lightweight block |
Figure E.18 — Measurement of the width and the height of the rebate
k) Width and thickness of the tongue (EPS blocks)
Measure the width lt and the thickness ht of each end section as shown in Figure E.19.
Figure E.19 — Measurement of the width and the thickness of the tongue
- Interpretation of results
Calculate the length, width and height for the sample as the mean of the values of the individual specimens.
- Test report
All the measured dimensions and the calculated dimensions such as length, width and height of the sample shall be recorded.
- Dimensions and tolerances of shuttering blocks
- Main dimensions
- Dimensions and tolerances of shuttering blocks
The main dimensions of shuttering blocks shall be measured by adjustable gauge.
Length, width and height shall be measured at the one third and two third positions of each pair of relevant faces. The mean value for length, width and height shall be calculated from the four measurements taken, rounded to the nearest mm (see Figure E.20).
a) length of block b) width of block c) height of block
Figure E.20 —Positions for measurement of geometrical characteristics
Lengths and widths of voids shall be measured on the centre line of each void on the upper and the lower surfaces of the block. The mean value for length and width shall be calculated from the two measurements taken rounded to the nearest millimetre.
- Web recess area
The area of each web recess shall be determined in mm2 by measurement using a steel rule.
- Flatness
The deviation from flatness of side faces and bed faces shall be measured according to the following procedure:
Place the straight edge across each diagonal in turn and use a feeler gauge to measure the distance from the surface of the masonry unit to the straight edge. Where the surface of the masonry unit is concave, measure the greatest distance from the surface of the straight edge to the nearest 0,05 mm. Where the surface of the masonry unit is convex, place the straight edge on it such that the greatest distances to the surface on either side of the point of contact are approximately equal. Measure them both to the nearest 0,05 mm.
The maximum deviation from flatness and the mean maximum deviation from flatness shall be expressed in mm rounded to the nearest 0,1 mm.
- Squareness
The deviation of squareness between bed face, side-face and end-face shall be measured using a try square and feeler gauges and given in millimetres as shown in Figure E.21.
Figure E.21 — Measurement of squareness directly on shuttering blocks
After conditioning, the test specimen shall be immersed in water to constant mass and then oven-dried to constant mass. The water absorption of the concrete by immersion is considered to be the loss of mass expressed as a percentage of the mass of the dry test specimen.
- Sampling
The test may be carried out on a whole product unit, on a specimen either sawn or drilled from the product, or on a moulded specimen cast with the same concrete as for the product and stored under similar ambient conditions as the product.
As a reference, the test specimen shall be at least 28 days old when starting the test procedure (see F.6).
NOTE If the same test specimens are used for the determination of density, the minimum volume specified by EN 12390‑7 is 1 000 cm3.
a) Test specimen consisting of a whole product unit
If the test specimen has a mass at least 1,5 kg and less or equal than 5,0 kg, the whole product unit is tested without protection of any surface with resin.
b) Test specimen cut by sawing or drilling
The test specimen may be either a cylindrical specimen cut by drilling, or a prismatic specimen cut by sawing from a product unit.
The size of a cylindrical specimen having a diameter D and a height H, and a prismatic specimen with a square section having a side length A and a height H, shall fulfil the size specifications of Table F.1 in which two types of specimens shall be considered:
1) thin products (thickness E at least 30 mm and less than 100 mm);
2) thick products (thickness E at least 100 mm).
If no cylindrical or prismatic specimen satisfying the above conditions can be taken from the product unit, other shapes of specimen are admitted provided its volume V and its developed surface S fulfil the specifications of Table F.1.
— Thin products
The test specimen is cut (by sawing or drilling) through the full thickness of the product. The cut sides may be protected with a resin (see preparation in F.5). The two opposite sides which are not cut shall be left unprotected (Figure F.1).
— Thick products
The test specimen is cut (by sawing or drilling) through the full thickness of the product. This specimen can be shortened, if required, by cutting the sample, taking care that the exposed surface is included in the test specimen and that the size specifications of Table F.1 are fulfilled. The cut sides corresponding to the surrounding of the specimen may be protected with a resin (see preparation in F.5). The two remaining opposite faces shall be left unprotected (Figure F.1).
a) cylinder b) prism
Key
A | edge length |
D | diameter |
H | height |
a | unprotected exposed surfaces |
b | unprotected opposite side surface (exposed or cut surfaces) |
c | cut surfaces potentially protected |
Figure F.1 — Test specimen cut from a product
c) Moulded test specimen (either cylinder or prism)
The moulded test specimen shall fulfil the size specifications of Table F.1. It may be either a cylinder having a diameter D and a height H, or a prism with a squared section having a side length A and a height H.
For cylinders, the top and bottom faces may be protected with a resin (see preparation in F.5). The surrounding of the test specimen shall be left unprotected. Unprotected surfaces should be moulded surfaces (Figure F.2).
For prisms, the surrounding of the test specimen may be protected with a resin (see preparation in F.5). The two remaining opposite sides shall be left unprotected. Unprotected faces should be two opposite moulded surfaces (Figure F.2).
a) cylinder b) prism
Key
A | edge length | a | possibly protected levelling surfaces |
D | diameter | b | possibly protected moulded surfaces |
H | height | c | unprotected moulded surfaces |
Figure F.2 — Moulded test specimen
Whatever preparation method is chosen (i.e. with or without resin), the results shall fulfil the criteria.
d) Size specifications for test specimens
The specifications on the specimen size are indicated in the following Table F.1:
Table F.1 — Geometrical specifications for test specimens
|
| Product thickness | Cylinder | Prism | Other shape | |||
|
| E | H | D | H | A | V | S |
|
| (mm) | (mm) | (mm) | (mm) | (mm) | (cm3) | (cm2) |
Test specimen cut from a product unit | Thin product | 30 ≤ E < 50 | E | 200 ≤ D < 250 | E | 200 ≤ A < 250 | 800 ≤ V ≤ 2 000 | 1,2 ≤ V/S ≤ 2 |
50 ≤ E < 70 | E | 160 ≤ D < 200 | E | 160 ≤ A < 200 | ||||
70 ≤ E < 100 | E | 140 ≤ D < 160 | E | 140 ≤ A < 160 | ||||
Thick product | E ≥ 100 | 0,5 D ≤ H < D | 100 ≤ D ≤ 160 | 0,5 A ≤ H < A | 100 ≤ A < 150 | |||
Moulded specimen |
| 0,5 D ≤ H < D | 100 ≤ D ≤ 160 | 0,5 A ≤ H < A | 100 ≤ A < 150 |
|
|
- Materials
Potable water shall be used for immersing the specimen.
- Apparatus
The following equipment shall be used:
a) Ventilated drying oven, with enforced ventilation or with a ratio of capacity in litres to area of natural ventilation channels in square millimetres less than 0,2 in which the temperature is controlled to (105 ± 5) °C; it shall have a volume at least 2,5 times greater than the volume of test specimens to be dried at any one time.
b) Flat based vessel having a capacity at least 2,5 times the volume of the test specimens to be immersed and a depth at least 50 mm greater than the height of the test specimens in the attitude that they will be soaked.
c) Balance reading in grams and accurate to 0,1 % of the reading.
d) Stiff brush
e) Sponge or drying leather
- Preparation
Remove all dust, flashing, etc. with a brush and ensure that the test specimen is at a temperature of (20 ± 3) °C. The surfaces defined in F.2 may be protected with a resin. The choice of the resin and the way of sheltering shall ensure full protection of the treated surface during the whole testing procedure.
- Procedure
Immerse the test specimen in potable water at a temperature of (20 ± 5) °C using the vessel. Test specimens shall be distanced from each other by at least 15 mm and have a minimum of 20 mm water above them. The minimum period of immersion shall be three days and continued until constant mass M1 is reached. Constant mass is deemed to be reached when two weighings performed at an interval of 24 h show a difference in mass of the test specimen of less than 0,1 %.
Before each weighing, wipe the test specimen with a drying leather or sponge which has been moistened and squeezed to remove any excess water. The condition is correct when the surface of the concrete is dull. The mass M1 of the test specimen is then recorded.
Then place the test specimen inside the oven in such a way that the distance between specimens is at least 15 mm. Dry the specimen at a temperature of (105 ± 5) °C to constant mass. The minimum period of drying shall be three days and continued until constant mass M2 is reached. Constant mass shall be deemed to be reached when two weighings performed at an interval of 24 h show a difference in mass of the specimen of less than 0,1 %. The specimen shall be allowed to cool down between 30 min to 1 h before it is weighed and the mass M2 is recorded.
The oven should not be filled with a new wet specimen when the cycle of already drying specimen has reached 48 h.
- Results
Calculate the value of the water absorption 100 × (M1- M2)/M2 for each test specimen.
The test report shall indicate for each specimen tested the nature of the test specimen (moulded, sawn or drilled), the specimen dimensions, the conditions of preparation, the age of the test specimen when starting the test procedure, eventually the wet mass M1, the dry mass M2 and the value of water absorption of the test specimen. If the test is made on more than one specimen from the same sample, the result is the average of the test results on these specimens.
(normative)
Test method for the verification of robustness and rigidity of pile joints- Rigidity of joints of foundation piles
For the pile joints connected with the pile segment, the pile joint class, gap width, calculated characteristic static bearing capacity (i.e. compression, tension and bending capacity) shall be determined as well as the flexural stiffness at the level of 0,75 times the calculated characteristic bending moment.
Class A, B and C:
The ultimate bearing capacity (compression, tension and bending) of the pile joint shall be calculated taking in account the design strengths of materials. Provided that the impact load test and subsequent bending test can verify the static calculations, then the ultimate bearing capacity of the joint is identical to the static calculated bearing capacity.
To verify the test results, the actual strength of the applied materials and the effect of short-term loading shall be taken into account when calculating the shaft and the joint capacity.
Class D:
The ultimate bearing capacity (compression) of the pile joint shall be calculated taking in account the design strengths of materials. Provided that the impact load test can verify the static calculations, then the ultimate bearing capacity of the joint is identical to the static calculated bearing capacity. In this case the subsequent bending test is not performed.
- Impact load test with subsequent bending test
- Principle
- Impact load test with subsequent bending test
Impact load test with subsequent bending test consisting of submitting a segmental pile with cast in pile joint to a series of impact loads, which generates substantial stresses in the pile joint and in the pile segments. After impact test the gap between two joint halves is measured and the segmental pile is submitted to a two-point load bending test, where the bending capacity of the pile joint is determined.
- Apparatus
The following apparatus are used to perform the test:
— pile driving rig with an impact hammer capable of achieving adequate stresses to the pile joint. The pile driving rig shall be capable of maintaining the submitted impact loads to an accuracy of ±10 % of the specified value;
— stress wave measurement device;
— loading device for applying two equal vertical loads. The device shall be capable of increasing the load continuously and maintaining the chosen load level constant for the required time (3 min to 5 min). The force applied shall be measured to an accuracy of 3 %;
— gauges for measuring deflections of the segmental pile due to imposed load during bending test to an accuracy of 0,1 mm;
— gauge for measuring gap between two joints halves to an accuracy of 0,1 mm.
- Test specimens
The test specimen is the segmental pile composed of two pile joint components.
When impact test is performed the length of the upper pile segment shall be at least 3 m. The bottom pile segment may be provided with a pile shoe to strengthen or reinforce it and shall have a length which ensures that the joint will remain above the ground during the impact test.
The three test specimens, one per test, are assumed to be identical.
- Impact load test
The test piling shall take place in a well-defined area, where geotechnical investigation shows sufficient soil bearing capacity in a suitable depth. A reinforced foundation slab in the prescribed depth can also be used as a footing to increase the resistance during the driving operations.
The bottom pile segment is driven vertically until it stands firmly imbedded in the soil in such a way that the pile joint is above the ground and can be observed during the whole test. Care should be taken that failure in the pile does not occur, due to high stresses during driving.
After driving of the bottom segment, the upper segmental pile is jointed to the lower segment.
The impact load test consists of impact blows to the segmental pile generating compressive/tensile stresses around the pile joint. The number of impact blows and the compressive stress level around the pile joint shall be in accordance with pile joint class. The stress level in the pile is monitored by means of stress wave measurements.
After each 500 blows the joint and the pile section around the joint is visually examined, and findings are recorded. The penetration of the pile is also recorded. In addition to this, the alignment between the bottom - and top section of the pile is controlled to be not more than inclination 1:150.
- Bending test
For the test, the segmental pile is cut to a length having slenderness (pile length/minimum dimension of the pile cross-section) between 11 and 12.
For the measurement of the gap v0 between two joint halves without external loading the segmental pile is supported as shown in Figure G.1. The gap v1 is measured when the segmental pile (loaded only by its own weight) is supported in the middle where the pile joint is located and gap v2 is measured when the segmental pile (loaded only by its own weight) is supported at both ends to an accuracy of 0,1 mm. The gap v0 is calculated from formula (G.1):
(G.1)
Figure G.1 — Measurement of the gap ν0 between two joint halves without external loading
For the loading test the segmental pile is placed on two supports so that it is tested in its weakest direction with a span equal to 10 times the minimum dimension of the pile cross-section but at least 3 m. The pile joint shall be situated exactly in the middle of the span. In Figure G.2 the distance a is equal to L/3 + 2 times the minimum dimension of the pile cross section.
Figure G.2 — Bending test arrangement
The test pile is loaded with two equal point loads in the third point of the span as shown in Figure G.2.
Data to be recorded:
— deflection is measured using three gauges, which are installed in point ai (at the middle of the span) and in points al and ar at a distance of (0,5 a) from the middle on the span (see also Figure G.2),
— the first deflection measurement is made when the pile is exposed to its own weight only (zero reading). The increase of each load step is chosen in order that at least 10 load steps are made before ultimate bending moment has been reached. After each load step the load is kept constant for about 3 min before reading the gauges,
— the gap, on the lower side of the test specimen, between the two joint halves, shall be measured and recorded during the test for each load step to an accuracy of 0,1 mm,
— the failure load; the test is carried on to the point when failure in the test specimen occurs.
- Evaluation of the test results
The measured deflection values provide the background for calculating the flexural stiffness EIeq from the following formula:
(G.2)
Where (see Figure G.2):
in which h is the depth of the pile,
bending moment in the pile joint caused by imposed load,
deflection in the middle of the span, where δi, δl and δr are respectively the displacements of points ai, al and ar.
If all 3 test specimens perform satisfactorily during the impact test, e.g. no failure occurs in the pile joint during the driving test and failure in the pile joint during the bending test occurs after the calculated bending moment in the pile joint has been reached, then the test result shall be compliance with the class.
- Test report
The test report shall include the following information:
— number, title and date of issue of this document;
— name of this Annex and title of test method (impact load test with subsequent bending test);
— identification of the tested pile joints in relation to production drawing;
— measured material strengths;
— identification of the pile segments in relation to production drawing;
— dates and place of manufacture of tested pile joints and pile segments;
— place and date of testing, testing body and name of the person responsible for testing;
— intended pile joint class;
— number of impact blows using different stress levels around the pile joint and the stress levels achieved;
— results of the stress wave measurements in impact test;
— observations, penetration of the pile and inclination of pile top and bottom segments after each 500 blows in impact test;
— gap v0 between two joint halves without external loading;
— observations of the test specimens (e.g. cracks or deflection) before bending test;
— bending test arrangement, i.e. span;
— load chart and load deflection diagram in bending test (deflections as absolute values);
— gap in the joint for each load step in bending test;
— calculated bending moment in the pile joint taking into account the actual strength of the materials and short-term loading;
— calculated bending moment, in the lowest value for the shaft and the joint, taking into account the design strength of the materials;
— load and bending moment at yielding and at failure;
— flexural stiffness of the pile joint at the level of 0,75 × calculated characteristic bending moment of the pile joint;
— observations of the test specimens after termination of test;
— conclusion on compliance with the rigidity of joints class.
(normative)
Loadbearing capacity testing of beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, and beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork- Punching-bending strength
- General
- Punching-bending strength
The test method given in the next paragraph shall apply to determine the characteristic punching-bending strength of blocks.
- Equipment
— Class 3 minimum testing machine for applying forces in accordance with EN 12390‑4:2025,
— rule accurate to within 1,0 mm for positioning of the load,
— piece of wood or steel for applying the load (the load shall be transmitted by means of an articulation, e.g. a ball joint), in accordance with Figure H.2 for concrete and clay blocks (articulation in the center as shown), or with Figure H.3 for EPS and lightweight blocks (articulation in position 1),
— two supports representing beam, both adjustable or one fixed, the other adjustable; for EPS and lightweight blocks, the supports may be covered with an abrasive fabric of 40 grains or a system achieving an equivalent roughness; the abrasive fabric covers the effective bearing length and adheres to the supports,
— For test on restrained blocks (EPS and lightweight blocks), a longitudinal block restraining device (see Figure H.1), which simulates the effect produced by block (n – 1) and if relevant, block (n + 1) in the span, and, if the manufacturer specifies in the technical documentation that lateral tightening of the beams is necessary, a lateral block restraining device.
Nominal dimensions in mm
a) Moulded block
b) Cut or moulded block
Key
1 | test piece |
Figure H.1 — Longitudinal block restraining system
- Procedure
The test piece shall be the block simply resting on supports representing the beams. The position of the blocks relative to the supports shall be adjusted so that forces are transmitted solely through the normal surfaces of transmission.
The load, P, shall be applied gradually until the sample fails, with a rate of loading equal to 10 daN/s ± 3 daN/s. It shall be applied by means a rigid piece (e.g. wood, steel), centred in the longitudinal direction and placed transversally in the most critical position for the strength of the block (see Figure H.2).
The width between supports shall be adjusted at the width of the lowest part of the block plus at least 1 mm.
Dimensions in millimetres
Key
1 | fixed support |
2 | load P |
3 | adjustable support |
Figure H.2 — Punching-bending test with plate for concrete and clay blocks
Key
1 | position of the ball joint |
Figure H.3 — Rigid loading plate for EPS and lightweight blocks
- Test on restrained blocks
The longitudinal block restraining device shall be simply placed in contact with the test piece. The two end elements placed in contact with the test piece shall be blocks coming from the same manufacturing batch. They shall have a length of at least 100 mm and neither be mechanically connected nor be bonded at the ends.
A batch of blocks is defined by: (a) a same reference of raw material; (b) similar parameters and conditions of expansion for EPS; (c) similar parameters and conditions of moulding; (d) for EPS, an expanded volume which does not exceed 1,000 m3.
If the manufacturer specifies in the technical documentation conditions of installation with a lateral tightening of the beams, an initial load of (30 ± 5) N/m is applied laterally on the blocks by the moving support.
- Interpretation of test results
The characteristic punching-bending strength, PRk, corresponding to the class defined in Table 5 for blocks R1, shall be verified in accordance with the procedure described in Table H.1.
The measured value shall comply with criteria 1 and 2 of Table H.1).
Table H.1 — Compliance criteria for determining the characteristic punching-bending strength of blocks
Production | Number of blocks “n” | criterion 1 | criterion 2 |
|
|
| Pi (kN) |
at start: concrete and clay blocks | 3 | ≥ 1,2 PRk | ≥ 0,8 PRk |
at start: EPS and lightweight blocks | 5 | ≥ 1,2 PRk | ≥ 0,8 PRk |
during production | ≥ 15 | ≥ PRk + 1,48 σ | ≥ 0,8 PRk |
where
n | is the number of specimens (blocks). The strength of a sample is the average of the results obtained with the specimens constituting the sample, |
is the average strength of all samples over the moving period considered, | |
Pi | is the lowest strength of all specimens, |
σ | is the standard deviation determined from at least 35 test results over a period of at least 3 months immediately preceding the period in which conformity is to be substantiated. |
When the characteristic punching-bending strength of EPS or lightweight blocks is at least 1,3 kN when determined with a test on unrestrained blocks, they comply with the R1-NR class if a characteristic punching-bending strength of at least 1,5 kN is achieved with tests on restrained blocks.
- Test report
The test report shall contain the following information:
— the manufacturing plant,
— the type of blocks (VLNR, LNR, NR, SR or RR),
— the date of manufacture or some other code,
— the laboratory and the person in charge of testing,
— the date and place of testing,
— the test methods,
— the block failure load value,
— a statement that the tests were carried out in compliance with this document.
- Bending strength
- Equipment
- Bending strength
— Class 3 minimum testing machine for applying forces in accordance with EN 12390‑4:2025,
— rule accurate to within 1,0 mm for positioning of the load,
— 20 mm wide strip for applying the load.
- Procedure
The specimen shall be mounted rotatably on two supports with a span equivalent to the intended span in the floor and subjected to a linear load F exerted centrally over a 20 mm wide strip running parallel to the support (see Figure H.4). In the case of concrete blocks, F shall be exerted at the least favourable point. The support and the surface of the blocks under the load shall not be levelled with mortar.
Dimensions in millimetres
a) Example of concrete block | b) Example of clay block |
Key
1 | load F |
2 | hinged supports |
Figure H.4 — Test arrangement for determination of the bending strength
- Evaluation
The individual values shall be stated in N, rounded to the nearest 50 N. They shall comply with the value for the corresponding class as defined in Table 6 for blocks R2.
- Test report
The test report shall contain the following information:
— the manufacturing plant;
— the blocks class (LNR, NR or SR);
— the date of manufacture or some other code;
— the laboratory and the person in charge of testing;
— the date and place of testing;
— the test method;
— the failure load value of the samples;
— a statement that the tests were carried out in compliance with this document.
- Longitudinal compression test for resisting and semi-resisting blocks
- Equipment
- Longitudinal compression test for resisting and semi-resisting blocks
Class 3 minimum testing machine for applying forces in accordance with EN 12390‑4:2025,
— rule accurate to within 1,0 mm for positioning of the load,
— callipers accurate to within 0,1 mm for determining the loaded surface area.
- Procedure
The test piece shall be a resisting or semi-resisting block, or a section cut from the block with a height, H, of at least 170 mm and a width, l, of at least 200 mm, as shown in Figure H.5.
Dimensions in millimetres
a) Example of a concrete block | b) Example of a clay block |
Figure H.5 — Longitudinal compression test on resisting or semi-resisting blocks
Before the test, the upper and lower faces of the test piece shall be made parallel. They shall have no unevenness in excess of 0,5 mm. To ensure a uniform load distribution over the block, either a spreader plate (cardboard, PTFE etc.) or corrective action (mortar or sulphur capping, grinding etc.) should be used.
The load, Q, is applied as shown in Figure H.6 and is increased gradually up to failure of the specimen. The loading rate shall not be greater than 2 MPa/s.
Key
1 | rigid plate for uniform spreading of load | 3 | test piece |
2 | spreader plate, if necessary | 4 | test machine bed |
Figure H.6 — Longitudinal compression test - method for applying load
The failure load, QR, shall be recorded.
The results from the punching-bending tests may be used to determine the longitudinal compressive strength after correlation by means of laboratory tests (at least 35).
- Interpretation of test results
The characteristic longitudinal compressive strength, fbk, corresponding to the class defined in Table 7, shall be determined in accordance with the procedure described in Table H.2.
The longitudinal compressive strength is determined by dividing the failure load, QR, by the nominal loaded surface area, and is expressed to the nearest 0,1 MPa.
The loaded surface area of the specimen, S, is the hatched area in Figure H.5.
Table H.2 — Compliance criteria for determining the characteristic longitudinal compression strength of blocks
Production | Number of blocks “n” | criterion 1 | criterion 2 |
Annex A | Annex A |
| fbi (MPa) |
At start | 3 | ≥ fbk + 4 | ≥ fbk − 4 |
during production | ≥ 15 | ≥ fbk + 1,48 σ | ≥ fbk − 4 |
where
n | is the number of samples; the strength of a sample is the average of the results obtained with the specimens constituting the sample; |
is the average strength of all samples over the moving period considered, in MPa; | |
fbi | is the lowest strength of all samples, in MPa; |
σ | is the standard deviation determined from at least 35 test results over a period of at least 3 months immediately preceding the period in which compliance is to be substantiated. |
- Test report
The test report shall contain the following information:
— the manufacturing plant;
— the blocks class (VLNR, LNR, NR, SR or RR);
— the date of manufacture or some other code;
— the laboratory and the person in charge of testing;
— the date and place testing;
— the test methods;
— the block failure load value under longitudinal compression, and the corresponding strength;
— a statement that the tests were carried out in compliance with this document.
- Transverse testing of resisting and semi-resisting blocks
- General
- Transverse testing of resisting and semi-resisting blocks
This test is only applicable for resisting and semi-resisting blocks used in conjunction with self-bearing beams, without topping.
Specimens conditioned to laboratory conditions and supported at each end are subjected to a centrally applied sustained load to simulate in-use conditions.
- Equipment
— Standard transverse testing apparatus constructed in such a way that it can induce three-point bending into the specimen without torsion,
— class 3 minimum testing machine for applying forces in accordance with EN 12390‑4:2025.
- Procedure
Three test specimens selected at random shall be conditioned in a laboratory at (20 ± 5) °C for at least 24 h.
Blocks selected should be identified by the producer as being ready for use. If necessary, any burrs, high spots etc. shall be removed.
The distance between the supports shall be at least equal to the length of the sample to be tested minus 20 mm (see Figure H.7). The supports shall be parallel and flat, and adjusted so that the bearing at each end is (10 ± 1) mm.
Key
1 | specimen | 3 | square steel plate |
2 | supports | 4 | movable bearer (to prevent torsion) |
Figure H.7 — Principle of transverse testing
The specimen shall be installed centrally on the support bearers and the steel plate (100 mm × 100 mm × 25 mm thick) located centrally on the upper surface of the specimen. A load of 3,5 kN shall be applied at a rate of 7 kN/min and held for (30 ± 5) s.
- Test result
Breakage of any of the 3 test specimens shall be regarded as the whole sample not meeting the threshold value.
(normative)
Determination of the mechanical strength of shuttering blocks and woodchip shuttering blocks- Shell flexural strength
- Principle
- Shell flexural strength
The method uses a standard flexural strength testing machine.
- Apparatus
The test device consists of a loading roller centred relative to the two lower rollers, all having a diameter of (20 ± 2) mm. The device shall permit the free rotation of the loading roller and of one of the lower rollers as shown in Figure 2 of EN 12390-5:2019.
- Procedure
Six specimens are prepared by cutting sections from shells taken from six shuttering blocks of the same type and with the same dimensions (see Figure I.1).
The required specimen length is that of one core plus the thickness of two webs.
Place the specimen on the testing machine, the support rollers are adjusted so that the distance between them equals the length of the void in the shuttering blocks plus the width of the adjoining web. The specimen is located squarely on the lower rollers with each roller centrally under a web. The upper roller is then located centrally between the two support rollers.
Select a constant loading rate of (0,1 ± 0,05) MPa per second. A constant loading rate should be maintained for at least the second half of loading. For the first part of the assumed maximum load a higher rate of loading is permitted.
- Determining the flexural strength of the shells
- General
- Determining the flexural strength of the shells
Record the flexural failure load of the shells (Pf, msd) in N of the six specimens.
h | height of shuttering block in mm |
a1 | length of hollow space in mm |
tw1 | thickness of web in mm |
ts | thickness of shells in mm |
Pf,msd | measured shell flexural load in N |
ff,msd | individual values of flexural strength of shells in N/mm2 |
ff,m | mean flexural strength of shells in N/mm2 |
Key
Pf | shell flexural load |
l | distance between the axis of 2 webs |
Figure I.1 — Testing of shell flexural strength
- Measurement of the flexural failure load and calculation of the flexural strength of shells
The shell flexural failure load (Pf,msd) in N of the six specimens shall be determined:
NOTE In test the system of a suspended beam, stressed by an axial point load, is used.
Figure I.2 — Static system of testing the shell flexural failure load
From the measured shell flexural failure load (Pf,msd) in N calculate the individual values of the shell flexural strength (ff,msd) in MPa (see also Figure I.2).
(I.3)
where
ff,msd | is the individual value of the shell flexural strength in MPa; |
Pf,msd | is the measured shell flexural failure load in N; |
l | is the distance of axis of webs in mm; |
ts | is the thickness of shells in mm; |
h | is the height of shuttering block in mm. |
Subsequently, from the individual values of the shell flexural strength (ff,msd) calculate the mean flexural strength of shells (ff,m) in MPa.
(I.4)
where
ff, m | is the mean flexural strength of the shells in MPa; |
ff,msd,i | is the individual values of the shell flexural strength in MPa. |
- Test report
The test report shall contain the following information:
— laboratory that carried out the tests;
— date of the tests;
— description of the shuttering blocks tested;
— age of the shuttering blocks at the time of the test;
— individual values of measured shell flexural failure load (Pf,msd) in N;
— f f,m in MPa.
- Web tensile strength
- Principle
- Web tensile strength
The method determines the tensile strength directly or uses a standard compression (or flexural) testing machine in conjunction with a special device which converts the compressive force (normal) into a tensile force.
- Apparatus
Tensile testing machine or compression testing machine.
When the compression testing machine is used, a special device comprising two interlocking U shapes with holes for two pairs of 20 mm diameter rods is needed.
Two rods are used to support the specimen, and two rods are used to transmit the tensile force to the specimen. The lower part of the device is static.
The upper part of the device can be moved with the movements of the platen of the compression testing machine.
Key
1 | hinge |
2 | upper section of the frame |
3 | rods |
4 | specimen (web) |
5 | lower section of the frame |
6 | platen of the testing machine |
Figure I.3 — Test equipment for web tensile strength test
- Procedure
Six webs are cut from six shuttering blocks (see Figure I.8).
The shoulders on either side of the webs shall extend at least 40 mm from the web.
When tensile testing machine is used, the tensile force is submitted to the test specimen in accordance with the principle shown in Figure I.8.
When compression testing machine is used the two parts of the steel device (see Figure I.3) are assembled and the two retaining rods are inserted through the frame and under the shoulders of a test specimen (see Figure I.4).
The two pull rods are then inserted through the frame using holes in close proximity to the lower shoulders of the test specimen (see Figure I.5) and the specimen is centred on the retaining rods (see Figure I.6). It is possible to introduce a flexible packer between block and rod for the adjustment of the location of the rods.
Key
1 | retaining rod 1 |
2 | retaining rod 2 |
Figure I.4 — Insertion of two retaining rods to support the specimen
Key
1 | retaining rod 1 |
2 | retaining rod 2 |
3 | pull rod 1 |
4 | pull rod 2 |
Figure I.5 — Insertion of two retaining rods to support the specimen
The moving platen of the compression testing machine is then activated until the pull rods are in light contact with the lower shoulders of the test specimen. Packaging pieces may be used, if the shoulder geometry on either side of the web is different
Key
1 | retaining rod 1 |
2 | retaining rod 2 |
3 | pull rod 1 |
4 | pull rod 2 |
Figure I.6 — Centring of specimen on the retaining rods
Key
1 | retaining rod 1 |
2 | retaining rod 2 |
3 | pull rod 1 |
4 | pull rod 2 |
Figure I.7 — Web undergoing tensile strength test
The load is applied at a rate of (0,10 ± 0,05) MPa per second. A constant loading rate shall be maintained for at least the second half of the loading. During the first half of the assumed maximum load a higher rate of loading is permitted (see Figure I.7).
- Determining the tensile strength of webs
- General
- Determining the tensile strength of webs
Key
a1 | length of hollow core in mm | h | height of unit in mm |
a2 | length of cantilevered part of the shell in mm | hw | height of recessed web in mm |
tw1 | thickness of web in mm | p | filling pressure in N/mm2 |
tb | width (thickness) of unit in mm | Pt | web tensile load in N |
Figure I.8 — Tensile strength of web
- Measurement of the web tensile failure load and calculation of the tensile strength of webs
The web tensile failure load (Pt,msd) in N of six specimens shall be determined.
From the measured web tensile failure load (Pt,msd) in N calculate the individual values of web tensile strength (ft,msd) in N/mm2 and, subsequently, the mean tensile strength of webs (ft,m) in MPa:
(I.8)
(I.9)
where
ft,msd | is the individual value of the web tensile strength in MPa; |
Pt,msd | is the measured web tensile failure load in N; |
s1 | is the cross-sectional area of recessed web = (tw1 x hw) in mm2; |
ft,m | is the mean tensile strength of webs in MPa; |
ft,msd,i | is the individual values of the web tensile strength in MPa. |
- Test report
The test report shall contain the following information:
— laboratory that carried out the tests;
— date of the tests;
— description of the shuttering blocks tested;
— age of the shuttering blocks at the time of the test;
— individual values of measured tensile force applied to the webs Pt,msd in N;
— mean tensile strength of webs ft,m in MPa.
— Class 3 minimum testing machine for applying forces in accordance with EN 12390‑4:2025;
— one or two steel loading plates 45 cm × 40 cm × 1,5 cm;
— one or two steel plates 25 cm × 25 cm × 1,5 cm;
— a loading beam allowing to transfer the load to the plates.
- procedure
The test shall be done on the longest side of a box complete with cover and equipment.
The box shall be laid on one of its longest sides as shown in Figure J.1. The spaces between the ground and the lower side of the box, and between the upper side of the box and the loading plates, shall be levelled with an appropriate material, e.g. wet sand.
Dimensions in cm
Key
1 | loading plate 45 cm × 40 cm × 1,5 cm | 5 | levelling material |
2 | steel plate 25 cm × 25 cm × 1,5 cm | 6 | junction box |
4 | loading beam | 7 | levelling material |
F | application of the load |
|
|
Figure J.1 — Flexural strength test (side view)
Depending on the size of the box, the load shall be applied at mid-length through two points (configuration 1, see Figure J.2) or only one point (configuration 2, see Figure J.3). The plates and loading point shall be placed with a tolerance of ±3 mm.
Dimensions in cm
Figure J.2 — Loading configuration 1 (top view)
Dimensions in cm
Figure J.3 — Loading configuration 2 (top view)
a) Reinforced concrete:
The load shall be applied with an increase speed of 10 kN/min up to the service load Ps. This load is kept for 1 min and brought back to 0. For the test to be valid, the possible cracks shall close.
The cover shall be removed and the load until breaking. The ultimate load Pr shall be recorded as flexural strength.
b) Fibred concrete:
The load shall be applied with an increase speed of 10 kN/min up to the service load Ps which shall be kept for 1 min. For the test to be valid, no crack shall be visible.
The cover shall be removed and the load applied until breaking. The ultimate load Pr shall be recorded.
The load shall be brought back to 0 after it has decreased to 95 % of Ps.
The load Ps shall be applied again with an increase speed of 10 kN/min and kept for 1 min.
- Resistance to concentrated loads of bottom
- Apparatus
- Resistance to concentrated loads of bottom
— Class 3 minimum testing machine for applying forces in accordance with EN 12390‑4:2025,
— One or two steel loading plates 45 cm × 40 cm × 1,5 cm;
— One or two steel plates 25 cm × 25 cm × 1,5 cm;
— A loading beam allowing to transfer the load to the plates.
- procedure
The box shall be put upside down on a levelled surface.
The load shall be applied in the geometric centre of the bottom of the box through a steel punching disc of 25 cm ± 0,2 cm diameter with a thickness equal or superior to 6 cm, with a ball joint. The contact surface shall be levelled with an appropriate material (see Figure J.4). The loading point shall be placed with a tolerance of ±3 mm.
Key
1 | steel punching disc |
2 | levelling material |
F | application of the load |
Figure J.4 — Resistance to concentrated load of bottom test
The load shall be applied as in J.1 a) for reinforce concrete and J.1 b) for fibred concrete.
The maximum load shall be recorded as resistance to concentrated load.
This annex describes specific rules for the application of EN 16757:2022 for the evaluation of environmental impact indicators in application of this document.
- EN 16757:2022 clauses applicable with modifications
The following clauses of EN 16757:2022 apply with modifications:
5.1 Objective of this PCR
The objective is to define rules for the development of scenarios, including the rules for calculating the Life Cycle Inventory and the Life Cycle Impact Assessment underlying the EPD, including the specification of the data quality to be applied.
5.4 Additional information
EN 15804:2012+A2:2019 shall apply, except for 5.4.4.
6.3.2 Functional unit
For off the shelf products, the reference quantity for the functional unit shall be:
— 1 m of product length: HVAC flue elements, beams and blocks - beams, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, fence elements, foundation piles, linear structural elements, masts and poles,
— 1 m of product height: stairs,
— 1 m2 of product surface: solid slabs, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, cladding elements, floor plates for floor systems, hollow core slabs, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks,
— 1 product unit: junction boxes, foundation elements, garage boxes.
For made to measure products, the reference quantity for the functional unit shall be the work relevant length, surface, or unit (i.e. 1 m, 1 m2 or 1 unit) where the product is intended to be used.
6.3.3 Declared unit
The declared unit shall be expressed as 1 ton (1 000 kg) of product.
6.3.4 Reference service life (RSL)
For off-the-shelf products, the RSL shall be:
— 100 years for products intended to be used as structural elements in buildings and in civil engineering works: solid slabs, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, structural cladding elements, floor plates for floor systems, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, retaining wall elements, masts and poles, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, stairs,
— 50 years for products intended to be used as non-structural elements in buildings, street works or domestic use: HVAC flue elements, non-structural cladding elements, fence elements, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks,
— 25 years for floor slats for livestock.
For custom-made products, the reference service life shall be consistent with the service life required in the project and with the expected loads and exposure scenarios. The value shall be consistent with other characteristics related to the product with an influence on it.
6.3.5 System boundaries
For the carbonation, Annex G provides a reference method.
6.3.9.2.1 A4, Transportation of products to the site
In addition, in case of transport by train or by ship, scenarios shall consider the fuel type and consumption of the mean of transportation, the distance of the transportation and the share of the considered product on the total load of the train or ship.
6.3.9.4 End of life
6.3.9.4.1 General
The two last paragraphs do not apply. Instead, any scenario shall be based on relevant statistics.
6.3.9.4.2 C1, Deconstruction/demolition
In addition, in the case of disassembly and reuse, scenarios shall consider the need of specific machinery and materials.
The last paragraph does not apply.
6.3.9.4.4 C3, Waste processing
In addition:
Scenarios shall also consider the impact of the treatment of the concrete debris to recover the steel reinforcement.
When elements are reused, the reuse scenarios shall include the preparation for reuse (e.g. cleaning, sawing to new dimensions, additional reinforcements, etc.)
Annex C Characterization factors for GWP, ODP, AP, EP, POCP and ADP
Annex C applies normatively.
Annex G CO2 uptake by carbonation — Guidance on calculation
Annex G applies normatively.
- EN 16757:2022 clauses not applicable
The following clauses of EN 16757:2022 do not apply:
5.2 Types of EPD with respect to life cycle stages covered
5.3 Comparability of EPD for construction products
5.5 Ownership, responsibility and liability for the EPD
5.6 Communication formats
7 Content of the EPD (except for 7.3 Scenarios and additional technical information, which applies)
8 Project report
9 Verification and validity of an EPD
(When applying this standard as a harmonized standard under Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011, manufacturers and Member States are obliged by this regulation to use this Annex)
- Scope and relevant characteristics
This European Standard has been prepared under standardization request M/609 given to CEN and CENELEC by the European Commission (EC) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
When this European Standard is cited in the Official Journal of the European Union (OJEU), under Regulation (EU) No 305/2011, it shall be possible to use it as a basis for the establishment of the Declaration of Performance (DoP) and the CE marking, from the date of the beginning of the co-existence period as specified in the OJEU.
Regulation (EU) No 305/2011, as amended, contains provisions for the DoP and the CE marking.
Table ZA.1.1 — Relevant clauses for product solid slabs and intended use structural elements in floors, roofs, landings and balconies
Product: solid slabs Intended use: structural elements in floors, roofs, landings and balconies | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.2 — Relevant clauses for product HVAC flue elements and intended use convey heating, ventilation, and air conditioning gases
Product: HVAC flue elements Intended use: convey heating, ventilation, and air conditioning gases | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
water permeability | 4.7.2 | 5.7.2 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 5.7.1.1 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – testing | 4.7.1.2 | 5.7.1.2 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – tabulated value | 4.7.1.3 | 5.7.1.3 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
sound absorption coefficient building elements | 4.9.5 | 5.9.5 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
air tightness class - HVAC flue elements | 4.10.2 | 5.10.2 | A to D | Class |
Table ZA.1.3 — Relevant clauses for product junction boxes and intended use structural elements
Product: junction boxes Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
mechanical strength - testing - flexural strength | 4.5.1.1 | 5.5.1.1 |
|
|
mechanical strength - testing - resistance to concentrated loads bottom | 4.5.1.2 | 5.5.1.2 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.4 — Relevant clauses for product beams and blocks – beams and intended use structural elements for floor and roofing systems
Product: beams and blocks - beams Intended use: structural elements for floor and roofing systems | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - beam and block - beams | 4.4 | 4.4 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.5 — Relevant clauses for product beams and blocks - concrete blocks and intended use structural elements
Product: | beams and blocks - concrete blocks | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | structural elements | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5.5.2.1 |
| Class | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 5.5.2.2 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 5.5.2.3 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 5.5.2.4 | 3,5 kN | Applies to resisting and semi-resisting blocks | |
reaction to fire - class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class | |
resistance to fire R - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class | |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class | |
thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
| |
thermal conductivity - tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
| |
mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.6 — Relevant clauses for product beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks and intended use structural elements
Product: | beams and blocks – lightweight concrete blocks | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | structural elements | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Class Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete | |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
| |
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5.5.2.1 |
| Class | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 5.5.2.2 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 5.5.2.3 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 5.5.2.4 | 3,5 kN | Applies to resisting and semi-resisting blocks | |
reaction to fire - class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class | |
resistance to fire R - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class | |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class | |
thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
| |
thermal conductivity - tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
| |
mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.7 — Relevant clauses for product beams and blocks - clay blocks and intended use structural elements for floor and roofing systems
Product: | beams and blocks - clay blocks | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | structural elements for floor and roofing systems | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5.5.2.1 |
| Class | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 5.5.2.2 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 5.5.2.3 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 5.5.2.4 | 3,5 kN | Applies to resisting and semi-resisting blocks | |
gross dry density - beams and blocks - clay blocks | 4.5.2.5 | 5.5.2.5 | ≥ 400 kg/m3 ≤ 1500 kg/m3 | Class | |
compressive strength - beams and blocks - clay blocks | 4.5.2.6 | 5.5.2.6 |
|
| |
reaction to fire - class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class | |
resistance to fire R - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class | |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class | |
thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
| |
thermal conductivity - tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
| |
mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
| |
Moisture expansion | 4.10.4 | 5.10.4 |
| mm/m |
Table ZA.1.8 — Relevant clauses for product beams and blocks - EPS blocks and intended use structural elements
Product: | beams and blocks - EPS blocks | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | structural elements | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5.5.2.1 |
| Class | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 5.5.2.2 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 5.5.2.3 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 5.5.2.4 | 3,5 kN | Applies to resisting and semi-resisting blocks | |
compressive strength - beams and blocks - EPS blocks | 4.5.2.7 | 5.5.2.7 |
|
| |
reaction to fire - class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class | |
resistance to fire R - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class | |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class | |
thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
| |
thermal conductivity - tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
| |
mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.9 — Relevant clauses for product beams and blocks – lightweight permanent formwork and intended use structural elements
Product: | beams and blocks - lightweight permanent formwork | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | structural elements | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - resistance to concentrated loads | 4.5.2.1 | 5.5.2.1 |
| Class | |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - bending strength | 4.5.2.2 | 5.5.2.2 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - longitudinal compression strength | 4.5.2.3 | 5.5.2.3 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - beams and blocks - blocks - transverse strength | 4.5.2.4 | 5.5.2.4 | 3,5 kN | Applies to resisting and semi-resisting blocks | |
reaction to fire - class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | E tt | Class | |
resistance to fire R - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class | |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration - testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class | |
thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
| |
thermal conductivity - tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
| |
airborne sound insulation index - testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
| |
impact sound insulation - testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
| |
mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.10 — Relevant clauses for product box culverts and intended use structural, light-structural or non-structural continuous elements intended to be used for the creation of voids below ground, cable tunnels and subways
Product: box culverts Intended use: structural, light-structural or non-structural continuous elements intended to be used for the creation of voids below ground, cable tunnels and subways | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
mechanical strength - testing - flexural strength | 4.5.1.1 | 5.5.1.1 |
|
|
mechanical strength - testing - resistance to concentrated loads bottom | 4.5.1.2 | 5.5.1.2 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
Mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing | 4.4 | 5.4.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.11 — Relevant clauses for product deck elements for bridges and intended use structural elements
Product: deck elements for bridges Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
Table ZA.1.12 — Relevant clauses for product cladding elements and intended use non-loadbearing elements
Product: cladding elements Intended use: non-loadbearing elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 5.7.1.1 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – testing | 4.7.1.2 | 5.7.1.2 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – tabulated value | 4.7.1.3 | 5.7.1.3 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.13 — Relevant clauses for product fence elements and intended use light-structural or non-structural elements
Product: fence elements Intended use: light-structural or non-structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
calculation aided by physical testing - fence elements - panels - loadbearing capacity | 4.4 | 5.4.2 |
|
|
calculation aided by physical testing - fence elements - posts – complementary loadbearing capacity | 4.4 | 5.4.2 |
|
|
calculation aided by physical testing - fence elements - posts - loadbearing capacity | 4.4 | 5.4.2 |
|
|
calculation aided by physical testing - fence element - rails | 4.4 | 5.4.2 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.14 — Relevant clauses for product floor plates for floor systems and intended use structural elements
Product: floor plates for floor systems Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.15 — Relevant clauses for product floor slats for livestock and intended use for the housing of livestock
Product: floor slats for livestock Intended use: for the housing of livestock | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
mechanical strength class - floor slats for livestock class | 4.5.5 | 4.5.5 |
| Class |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.16 — Relevant clauses for product foundation elements and intended use structural elements
Product: foundation elements Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
mechanical strength class - floor slats for livestock class | 4.5.5 | 4.5.5 |
| Class |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.17 — Relevant clauses for product foundation piles and intended use structural elements
Product: foundation piles Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
mechanical strength - testing - piles - rigidity of joints class | 4.5.3 | 5.5.3 |
| Class |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.18 — Relevant clauses for product garage boxes and intended use structural elements
Product: garage boxes Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
water vapour permeability - equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 5.7.1.1 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – testing | 4.7.1.2 | 5.7.1.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.19 — Relevant clauses for product hollow core slabs and intended use structural elements
Product: hollow core slabs Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
Tensile splitting strength | 4.1.3 | 5.1.3 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
mechanical strength - testing - hollow core slabs - bending strength | 4.4 | 4.4 |
|
|
mechanical strength - testing - hollow core slabs – tensile strength | 4.4 | 4.4 |
|
|
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - hollow core slabs - shear capacity | 4.4 | 4.4 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.20 — Relevant clauses for product linear structural elements and intended use structural elements
Product: linear structural elements Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.21 — Relevant clauses for product load bearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite and intended use structural element
Product: load bearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite Intended use: structural element | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 5.7.1.1 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – testing | 4.7.1.2 | 5.7.1.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.22 — Relevant clauses for product masts and poles and intended use structural elements
Product: masts and poles Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - mast and poles - bending | 4.4 | 5.4.3 |
|
|
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - mast and poles - load bearing capacity | 4.4 | 5.4.3 |
|
|
mechanical strength - calculation aided by physical testing - mast and poles - torsion | 4.4 | 5.4.3 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.23 — Relevant clauses for product non-load bearing wall elements – composite panels and partitions and intended use non-loadbearing element
Product: non-load bearing wall elements – composite panels and partitions Intended use: non-loadbearing element | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 5.7.1.1 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – testing | 4.7.1.2 | 5.7.1.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.24 — Relevant clauses for product retaining wall elements and intended use structural element
Product: retaining wall elements Intended use: structural element | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
water vapour permeability - equivalent air layer thickness | 4.7.1.1 | 5.7.1.1 |
|
|
water vapour permeability - resistance factor – testing | 4.7.1.2 | 5.7.1.2 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.25 — Relevant clauses for product ribbed floor elements and intended use structural elements for floors and roofs
Product: ribbed floor elements Intended use: structural elements for floors and roofs | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.26 — Relevant clauses for product solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements and intended use structural elements
Product: solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements Intended use: structural elements | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
|
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
resistance to fire REI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | REI tt | Class |
Thermal conductivity - testing | 4.8.1 | 5.8.1 |
|
|
Thermal conductivity – tabulated values | 4.8.2 | 5.8.2 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – calculation | 4.9.1 | 5.9.1 |
|
|
airborne sound insulation index – testing | 4.9.2 | 5.9.2 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.27 — Relevant clauses for product shuttering blocks and intended use loadbearing and non-loadbearing elements
Product: | shuttering blocks | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | loadbearing and non-loadbearing elements | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class | |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
| |
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
| |
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks - flexural strength of shells | 4.5.4.1 | 5.5.4.1 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks - tensile strength of webs | 4.5.4.2 | 5.5.4.2 |
| Applies to blocks where the web width is inferior to the shell width and/or the web height is less than 80 % of the block height | |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class | |
mass of the element | 4.9.1 | 5.6 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.28 — Relevant clauses for product woodchip shuttering blocks and intended use loadbearing and non-loadbearing elements
Product: | Woodchip shuttering blocks | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | loadbearing and non-loadbearing elements | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
Water absorption | 4.1.8 | 5.1.8 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks - flexural strength of shells | 4.5.4.1 | 5.5.4.1 |
|
| |
mechanical strength - testing - shuttering blocks - tensile strength of webs | 4.5.4.2 | 5.5.4.2 |
| Applies to blocks where the web width is inferior to the shell width and/or the web height is less than 80 % of the block height | |
propensity to undergo continuous smouldering | 4.6.1 | 5.6.1 |
|
| |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class | |
resistance to fire EI - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | EI tt | Class | |
mass of the element | 4.9.1 | 5.6 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.29 — Relevant clauses for product stairs and intended use structural element and kits of stairs constructed from individual steps
Product: stairs Intended use: structural element and kits of stairs constructed from individual steps | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Essential characteristics | Clause of this European standard related to essential characteristic | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes |
characteristic compressive strength | 4.1.1 | 5.1.1 | C8/10 to C100/115 | Mandatory declaration for concrete Class |
characteristic compressive strength lightweight concrete | 4.1.2 | 5.1.2 | LC8/9 to LC 80/88 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
dry density lightweight concrete | 4.1.4 | 5.1.4 | ≥800 kg/m3 ≤2000 kg/m3 | Mandatory declaration for lightweight concrete Class |
drying shrinkage | 4.1.5 | 5.1.5 |
|
|
maximum aggregate size | 4.1.6 | 5.1.6 |
|
|
water penetration depth of concrete | 4.1.7 | 5.1.7 |
|
|
elongation at maximum load - reinforcing steel | 4.2.1 | 5.2.1 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation after fracture - reinforcing steel | 4.2.2 | 5.2.2 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
stress ratio - reinforcing steel | 4.2.3 | 5.2.3 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
tensile yield strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.4 | 5.2.4 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
ultimate tensile strength - reinforcing steel | 4.2.5 | 5.2.5 |
| Products reinforced with steel, galvanised steel or stainless steel |
elongation at maximum load - prestressing steel | 4.3.1 | 5.3.1 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,1 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.2 | 5.3.2 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
tensile 0,2 proof stress - prestressing steel | 4.3.3 | 5.3.3 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
ultimate tensile strength - prestressing steel | 4.3.4 | 5.3.4 |
| Products reinforced with prestressing steel |
Reaction to fire – class declaration | 4.6.2 | 5.6.2 | A1 to F | Class |
resistance to fire R - class declaration – testing | 4.6.3 | 5.6.3 | R tt | Class |
impact sound insulation – calculation | 4.9.3 | 5.9.3 |
|
|
impact sound insulation – testing | 4.9.4 | 5.9.4 |
|
|
Mass of the element | 4.10.1 | 5.10.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.30 — Relevant clauses for release of dangerous substances and intended use contact with indoor air
Product: | Solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, cladding elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | Contact with indoor air | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air – acetaldehyde | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air – benzene | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air - dibutyl phthalate | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air - ethylhexyl phthalate | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air - formaldehyde | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air - toluene | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - emission to indoor air - trichlorethylene | 4.11.1 | 5.11.1 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.31 — Relevant clauses for release of dangerous substances and intended use contact with soil and ground water
Product: | Solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks – beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | Contact with soil and ground water | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
dangerous substances - leaching - antimony | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - arsenic | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - asbestos | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - barium | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - benzene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - bromine | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - cadmium | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - chlorine | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - chromium, total | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - cobalt | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - copper | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – ethylbenzene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – fluoride | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – lead | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – mercury | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - mineral oil | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – molybdenum | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – nickel | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - pcbs sum | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching – phenol | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) – anthracene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(a)anthracene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(a)pyrene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(ghi)perylene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - benzo(k)fluoranthene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) – chrysene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - indeno (1,2,3cd) pyrene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) – fluoranthene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - naphthalene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - phenantrene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (pah) - sum | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - selenium | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - sulphate | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - tin | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - toluene | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - vanadium | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - xylenes | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
| |
dangerous substances - leaching - zinc | 4.11.2 | 5.11.2 |
|
|
Table ZA.1.32 — Relevant clauses for all products and intended uses related to environmental sustainability
Product: | All products | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Intended use | related to environmental sustainability | ||||
Essential Characteristics | Clauses of this European Standard related to essential characteristics | Clauses of this European standard related to assessment | Classes and/or threshold levels | Notes | |
reference service life | 4.12.1 | 5.12.1 |
|
| |
climate change - total | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
climate change - fossil | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
climate change - biogenic | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
climate change - land use and land use change | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
ozone depletion | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
acidification | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
eutrophication aquatic freshwater | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
eutrophication aquatic marine | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
eutrophication terrestrial | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
photochemical ozone formation | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
depletion of abiotic resources - minerals and metals | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
depletion of abiotic resources - fossil fuels | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
water use | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
particulate matter emissions | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
ionising radiation, human health | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
ecotoxicity (freshwater) | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
human toxicity, cancer effects | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
human toxicity, non- cancer effects | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
land use related impacts / soil quality | 4.12.2 | 5.12.2 |
|
| |
use of renewable primary energy excluding renewable | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
use of renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
total use of renewable primary energy resources (primary energy and primary energy resources used as raw materials) | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
use of non-renewable primary energy excluding non-renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
use of non-renewable primary energy resources used as raw materials | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
total use of non-renewable primary energy resources (primary energy and primary energy resources used as raw materials) | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
use of secondary material | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
use of renewable secondary fuels | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
use of non-renewable secondary fuels | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
net use of fresh water | 4.12.3 | 5.12.3 |
|
| |
hazardous waste disposed | 4.12.4 | 5.12.4 |
|
| |
non-hazardous waste disposed | 4.12.4 | 5.12.4 |
|
| |
radioactive waste disposed | 4.12.4 | 5.12.4 |
|
| |
components for re-use | 4.12.5 | 5.12.5 |
|
| |
materials for recycling | 4.12.5 | 5.12.5 |
|
| |
materials for energy recovery | 4.12.5 | 5.12.5 |
|
| |
exported energy | 4.12.5 | 5.12.5 |
|
| |
biogenic carbon content in product | 4.12.6 | 5.12.6 |
|
| |
biogenic carbon content in accompanying packaging | 4.12.6 | 5.12.6 |
|
|
Performances in attached documentation of the product
Performance expressed by referring to the respective production documentation or structural design calculations according to clause 4.13 and assessed according to 5.13 shall be attached to the declaration of performance.
For all products, attached documents shall comprise a detailed set of drawings including nominal dimensions, tolerances and materials used.
For custom-made products, attached documents shall comprise the applicable load and exposure scenarios and calculations or tabulated values relevant to them (irrespective if they were provided by the customer or performed by the manufacturer), including durability assessment and the reference to the calculation methods, description of the exposure scenarios and any relevant additional information.
For off-the-shelf products, attached documents may comprise usual load and exposure scenarios and calculations or tabulated values relevant to them, including durability assessment, even if they do not reflect the applicable loads and exposures in which the product is used and the reference to the calculation methods, description of the exposure scenarios and any relevant additional information.
- System of Assessment and Verification of Constancy of Performance (AVCP)
The AVCP system(s) of Solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, concrete and woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs indicated in Table(s) ZA.1.1 to ZA.1.31, can be found in the EC legal act(s) adopted by the EC: EC Decision 1999/94/EC of 25 January 1999 (see OJEU L29 of 1999-02-03), as amended by Decision 2012/202/EC of 29 March 2012 (see OJEU L109 of 2012-04-21) and corrected by Corrigendum (see OJEU L83 of 1999-03-27).
The AVCP system applicable to essential characteristics indicated in Table ZA.1.32, can be found in the EC legal act adopted by the EC: Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2024/2769 of 30 May 2024 (see OJEU L of 2024-10-28).
Micro-enterprises are allowed to treat products under AVCP system 3 covered by this standard in accordance with AVCP system 4, applying this simplified procedure with its conditions, as foreseen in Article 37 of Regulation (EU) No.305/2011.
- Assignment of AVCP tasks
The AVCP system(s) of solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, and stairs, as provided in Table(s) ZA.1.1 to ZA.1.32 is defined in Table(s) ZA.3.1 to ZA.3.5 resulting from application of the clauses of this or other European Standards indicated therein. The content of the tasks assigned to the notified body shall be limited to those essential characteristics, if any, as provided for in Annex III of the relevant standardization request and to those that the manufacturer intends to declare.
Taking into account the AVCP systems defined for the products and the intended uses the following tasks are to be undertaken by the manufacturer and the notified body respectively for the assessment and verification of the constancy of performance of the product.
Table ZA.3.1 — Assignment of AVCP tasks for solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs, incorporating organic materials declared A1, A2, B or C for which a clearly identifiable stage in the production process results in an improvement of the reaction to fire classification, for uses subject to regulations on reaction to fire under system 1
Tasks | Content of the task | AVCP clauses to apply | |
---|---|---|---|
Tasks for the manufacturer | Factory production control (FPC) | Parameters related to reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.3 |
Further testing of samples taken at the manufacturing plant by the manufacturer in accordance with the prescribed test plan | Reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.2 | |
Tasks for the notified product certification body | An assessment of the performance of the construction product carried out on the basis of testing (including sampling), calculation, tabulated values or descriptive documentation of the product | Reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.2 |
Initial inspection of manufacturing plant and of FPC | Parameters related to reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.3 | |
Competence as regards the provision of performances in attached documentation of the product | |||
Documentation of the FPC | |||
Continuing surveillance, assessment and evaluation of FPC | Parameters related to reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.3 | |
Competence as regards the provision of performances in attached documentation of the product | |||
Documentation of the FPC |
Table ZA.3.2 — Assignment of AVCP tasks for Solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, and stairs, intended to be used as structural elements, under system 2+
Tasks | Content of the task | AVCP clauses to apply | |
---|---|---|---|
Tasks for the manufacturer | An assessment of the performance of the construction product carried out on the basis of testing (including sampling), calculation, tabulated values or descriptive documentation of the product | Essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.1, ZA.1.2, ZA.1.4 to ZA.1.11, ZA.1.14 to ZA.1.22, ZA.1.24 to ZA.1.26, and ZA.1.29 to ZA.1.31 relevant for the intended use which are declared, except reaction to fire | 6.2 |
Factory production control (FPC) | Parameters related to essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.1, ZA.1.2, ZA.1.4 to ZA.1.11, ZA.1.14 to ZA.1.22, ZA.1.24 to ZA.1.26, and ZA.1.29 to ZA.1.31 relevant for the intended use which are declared, except reaction to fire | 6.3 | |
Testing of samples taken at factory according to the prescribed test plan | Essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.1, ZA.1.2, ZA.1.4 to ZA.1.11, ZA.1.14 to ZA.1.22, ZA.1.24 to ZA.1.26, and ZA.1.29 to ZA.1.31 relevant for the intended use which are declared, except reaction to fire | 6.2 | |
Tasks for the notified factory production control certification body | Initial inspection of the manufacturing plant and of FPC | Parameters related to essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.1, ZA.1.2, ZA.1.4 to ZA.1.11, ZA.1.14 to ZA.1.22, ZA.1.24 to ZA.1.26, and ZA.1.29 to ZA.1.31 except reaction to fire, relevant for the intended use which are declared, namely those related to release of dangerous substances in indoor air, soil and ground water | 6.3 |
Competence as regards the provision of performances in attached documentation of the product | |||
Documentation of the FPC | |||
Continuing surveillance, assessment and evaluation of FPC | Parameters related to essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.1, ZA.1.2, ZA.1.4 to ZA.1.11, ZA.1.14 to ZA.1.22, ZA.1.24 to ZA.1.26, and ZA.1.29 to ZA.1.31 except reaction to fire, relevant for the intended use which are declared, namely those related to release of dangerous substances in indoor air, soil and ground water. Documentation of the FPC. | 6.3 | |
Competence as regards the provision of performances in attached documentation of the product | |||
Documentation of the FPC |
Table ZA.3.4 — Assignment of AVCP tasks for solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs, incorporating organic materials declared A1, A2, B or C which do not fall under system 1, or declared D or E, for uses subject to regulations on reaction to fire under system 3
Tasks | Content of the task | AVCP clauses to apply | |
Tasks for the manufacturer | Factory production control (FPC) | Parameters related to reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.3 |
Tasks for a notified laboratory | The notified laboratory shall assess the performance on the basis of testing (based on sampling carried out by the manufacturer), calculation, tabulated values or descriptive documentation of the construction product. | Reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.2 |
Table ZA.3.3 — Assignment of AVCP tasks for solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs under system 3+
Tasks | Content of the task | AVCP clauses to apply | |
Tasks for the manufacturer | An assessment of the performance of the construction product carried out on the basis of data collection for input values, assumptions and modelling | Essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.32 which are declared | 6.2 |
Factory production control (FPC) | Input values related to essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.32 which are declared | 6.3 | |
Tasks for the assessment validation body | The assessment validation body shall validate the performance assessed by the manufacturer including the input values, assumptions made, compliance with the applicable rules, process applied and correct usage of software | Essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.32 which are declared | 6.2 |
Initial inspection of the manufacturing plant to validate any company-specific data | Input values related to essential characteristics of Table ZA.1.32 which are declared | 6.3 |
Table ZA.3.5 — Assignment of AVCP tasks for solid slabs, HVAC flue elements, junction boxes, beams and blocks - beams, beams and blocks – concrete blocks, beams and blocks - lightweight concrete blocks, beams and blocks – clay blocks, beams and blocks - EPS blocks, beams and blocks - blocks - permanent lightweight formwork, box culverts, deck elements for bridges, cladding elements, fence elements, floor plates for floor systems, floor slats for livestock, foundation elements, foundation piles, garage boxes, hollow core slabs, linear structural elements, loadbearing wall elements - solid, hollow core, multilayer and composite, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, masts and poles, retaining wall elements, ribbed floor elements, solid, hollow, multilayer and special roof elements, shuttering blocks, woodchip shuttering blocks, stairs, incorporating organic materials declared A1 to E that are not required to be tested for reaction to fire, or declared F, for uses subject to regulations on reaction to fire, and for junction boxes, cladding elements, fence elements, box culverts, non-load bearing wall elements - composite panels and partitions, shuttering blocks, intended to be used as non-structural or light structural elements, under system 4
Tasks | Content of the task | AVCP clauses to apply | |
Tasks for the manufacturer | An assessment of the performance of the construction product on the basis of testing, calculation, tabulated values or descriptive documentation of that product | Reaction to fire relevant for the intended use which are declared Essential characteristics of Tables ZA.1.3, ZA.1.12, ZA.1.13, ZA.1.23, ZA.1.27, and ZA.1.28 relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.2 |
Factory production control (FPC) | Parameters related to essential characteristics of Tables ZA.1.3, ZA.1.12, ZA.1.13, ZA.1.23, ZA.1.27, and ZA.1.28 relevant for the intended use which are declared | 6.3 |
[1] EN 206:2013+A2:2021, Concrete — Specification, performance, production and conformity
[2] EN 1992‑1‑1:2023, Eurocode 2 — Design of concrete structures — Part 1-1: General rules and rules for buildings, bridges and civil engineering structures
[3] EN 10080:2005, Steel for the reinforcement of concrete — Weldable reinforcing steel — General
[4] EN 13791:2019, Assessment of in-situ compressive strength in structures and precast concrete components
[5] ISO 2424:2024, Textile floor coverings — Vocabulary